US20080242658A1 - Inhibitors of Iap - Google Patents

Inhibitors of Iap Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080242658A1
US20080242658A1 US10/594,413 US59441305A US2008242658A1 US 20080242658 A1 US20080242658 A1 US 20080242658A1 US 59441305 A US59441305 A US 59441305A US 2008242658 A1 US2008242658 A1 US 2008242658A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
phenyl
ethyl
cycloalkyl
substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/594,413
Inventor
Mark G Palermo
Sushil Kumar Sharma
Christopher Straub
Run-Ming Wang
Leigh Zawel
Yanlin Zhang
Zhuoliang Chen
Yaping Wang
Fan Yang
Wojciech Wrona
Gang Liu
Mark G. Charest
Feng He
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Novartis AG
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=34962601&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20080242658(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/594,413 priority Critical patent/US20080242658A1/en
Publication of US20080242658A1 publication Critical patent/US20080242658A1/en
Priority to US13/178,946 priority patent/US8207183B2/en
Assigned to NOVARTIS AG reassignment NOVARTIS AG ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SHARMA, SUSHIL KUMAR, HE, FENG, CHAREST, MARK G., CHEN, ZHUOLIANG, LIU, GANG, PALERMO, MARK G., STRAUB, CHRISTOPHER, WANG, RUN-MING, WANG, YAPING, WRONA, WOJCIECH, YANG, FAN, ZAWEL, LEIGH, ZHANG, YANLIN
Priority to US13/456,274 priority patent/US8338440B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/26Androgens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with radicals, containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/09Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/10Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to novel compounds that inhibit the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs).
  • IAPs Apoptosis Proteins
  • the present invention includes novel compounds, novel compositions, methods of their use and methods of their manufacture, where such compounds are generally pharmacologically useful as agents in therapies whose mechanism of action rely on the inhibition of the Smac/IAP interaction, and more particularly useful in therapies for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer.
  • Programmed cell death plays a critical role in regulating cell number and in eliminating stressed or damaged cells from normal tissues. Indeed, the network of apoptotic signaling mechanisms inherent in most cell types provides a major barrier to the development and progression of human cancer. Since most commonly used radiation and chemo-therapies rely on activation of apoptotic pathways to kill cancer cells, tumor cells which are capable of evading programmed cell death often become resistant to treatment.
  • Apoptosis signaling networks are classified as either intrinsic when mediated by death receptor-ligand interactions or extrinsic when mediated by cellular stress and mitochondrial permeabilization. Both pathways ultimately converge on individual Caspases. Once activated, Caspases cleave a number of cell death-related substrates, effecting destruction of the cell.
  • Tumor cells have devised a number of strategies to circumvent apoptosis.
  • One recently reported molecular mechanism involves the overexpression of members of the IAP (Inhibitor of Apoptosis) protein family.
  • IAPs sabotage apoptosis by directly interacting with and neutralizing Caspases.
  • the prototype IAPs, XIAP and cIAP have three functional domains referred to as BIR 1, 2 & 3 domains.
  • BIR3 domain interacts directly with Caspase 9 and inhibits its ability to bind and cleave its natural substrate, Procaspase 3.
  • a proapoptotic mitochondrial protein Smac (also known as DIABLO), is capable of neutralizing XIAP and/or cIAP by binding to a peptide binding pocket (Smac binding site) on the surface of BIR3 thereby precluding interaction between XIAP and/or cIAP and Caspase 9.
  • Smac also known as DIABLO
  • the present invention relates to therapeutic molecules that bind to the Smac binding pocket thereby promoting apoptosis in rapidly dividing cells.
  • Such therapeutic molecules are useful for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer.
  • Smac analogs would bind to BIR3 domain of IAPs and will remove the IAP's inhibition of activated Caspase 9 which would then go on to induce apoptosis.
  • the present invention relates generally to novel compounds that inhibit the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs).
  • IAPs Apoptosis Proteins
  • the present invention includes novel compounds, novel compositions, methods of their use and methods of their manufacture, where such compounds are generally pharmacologically useful as agents in therapies whose mechanism of action rely on the inhibition of the Smac/IAP interaction, and more particularly useful in therapies for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I)
  • R 1 is H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alkynyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
  • R 2 is H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alkynyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
  • R 3 is H; —CF 3 ; —C 2 F 5 ; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alkynyl; —CH 2 -Z or R 2 and R 3 together with the nitrogen form a het ring;
  • Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH 3 ; —CF 3 ; —CH 2 Cl; —CH 2 F or —CH 2 OH;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 16 straight or branched alkyl; C 1 -C 16 alkenyl; C 1 -C 16 alkynyl; or —C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 -Z 1 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -aryl; and —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted; Z 1 is —N(R 8 )—C(O)—C 1 -C 10 alkyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —C(O)
  • R 8 is H; —CH 3 ; —CF 3 ; —CH 2 OH or —CH 2 Cl;
  • R 9 and R 10 are each independently H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen form het; R 5 is H; C 1 -C 10 -alkyl; aryl; phenyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —C 1 -C 10 alkyl-aryl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl-(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 CH—((CH 2 ) 1-4
  • n 0-5;
  • X is —CH or N
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C 0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
  • Rd is selected from:
  • Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O) 2 ;
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
  • Rf and Rg are each independently H; —C 1 -C 10 alkyl; C 1 -C 10 alkylaryl; —OH; —O—C 1 -C 10 alkyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —O—(CH 2 ) 0-6 -aryl; phenyl; aryl; phenyl-phenyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —O—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —OR 11 ; —C(O)—R 11 ; —C(O)—N(R 11 )(R 12 ); —N(R 11 )(R 12 ); —S—R 11 ; —S(O)—R 11 ; —S(O) 2 —R 11 ; —S(O) 2
  • the present invention also related to the use of compound of formula I in the treatment of proliferative diseases, especially those dependent on the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), or for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of said diseases, methods of use of compounds of formula (I) in the treatment of said diseases, pharmaceutical preparations comprising compounds of formula (I) for the treatment of said diseases, compounds of formula (I) for use in the treatment of said diseases.
  • IAPs Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins
  • Aryl is an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, which may be fused or unfused, and which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably one or two substituents, wherein the substituents are as described below.
  • Preferred “aryl” is phenyl, naphthyl or indanyl.
  • Het refers to heteroaryl and heterocyclic rings and fused rings containing aromatic and non-aromatic heterocyclic rings. “Het” is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • Suitable het substituents include unsubstituted and substituted pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1,3-diazapane, 1,4-diazapane, 1,4-oxazepane, 1,4-oxathiapane, furyl, thienyl, pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, 1,2,3-triazole, tetrazolyl, oxadiazole, thiophene, imidazol, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, thiazole, oxazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, isoxazolyl, pyrazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridopyrazine, pyrrolopyridine, furopyridine, indole, benzofuran
  • the het substituents are unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon atom by halogen, especially fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, such as methyl and ethyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, nitro, —O—C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl or —C(O)—O—C 1 -C 4 alkyl or on a nitrogen by C 1 -C 4 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, —O—C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl or —C(O)—O—C 1 -C 4 alkyl, such as carbomethoxy or carboethoxy.
  • halogen especially fluorine or chlorine
  • hydroxy C 1 -C 4 alkyl, such as methyl and ethyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, nitro
  • heterocyclic ring is a nitrogen-containing ring, such as aziridine, azetidine, azole, piperidine, piperazine, morphiline, pyrrole, pyrazole, thiazole, oxazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, isoxazolyl, and the like.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, especially fluorine and chlorine.
  • alkyl includes straight or branched chain alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and branched pentyl, n-hexyl and branched hexyl, and the like.
  • a “cycloalkyl” group means C 3 to C 10 cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms and may be, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl.
  • cycloalkyl is cycloheptyl.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituents defined below, preferably halo, hydroxy or C 1 -C 4 alkyl such as methyl.
  • the amino acid residues include a residue of a standard amino acid, such as alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine and valine.
  • the amino acid residues also include the side chains of uncommon and modified amino acids. Uncommon and modified amino acids are known to those of skill in the art (see for example G. B. Fields, Z.
  • the side chain of the amino acid residue contains a derivatizable group, such as COOH, —OH or amino
  • the side chain may be derivatized by a substituent that reacts with the derivatizable group.
  • a substituent that reacts with the derivatizable group.
  • acidic amino acids like aspartic and glutamic acid, or hydroxy substituted side chains, like those of serine or threonine
  • the derivative may be a substituent that facilitates transport across a cell membrane.
  • any carboxylic acid group in the amino acid residue for example, an alpha carboxylic acid group, may be derivatized as discussed above to form an ester or amide.
  • Such lipophillic substituents include a C 6 -C 30 alkyl which is saturated, monounsaturated, polyunsaturated, including methylene-interrupted polyene, phenyl, phenyl which substituted by one or two C 1 -C 8 alkyl groups, C 5 -C 9 cycloalkyl, C 5 -C 9 cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two C 1 -C 8 alkyl groups, —X 1 -phenyl, —X 1 -phenyl which is substituted in the phenyl ring by one or two C 1 -C 8 alkyl groups, X 1 —C 5 -C 9 cycloalkyl or X 1 —C 5 -C 9 cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two C 1 -C 8 alkyl groups; where X 1 is C 1 -C 24 alkyl which is saturated, monounsaturated or polyunsaturated and straight or branched
  • any of the above defined aryl, het, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or independently substituted by up to four, preferably one, two or three substituents, selected from the group consisting of: halo (such as Cl or Br); hydroxy; lower alkyl (such as C 1 -C 3 lower alkyl); lower alkyl which may be substituted with any of the substituents defined herein; lower alkenyl; lower alkynyl; lower alkanoyl; alkoxy (such as methoxy); aryl (such as phenyl or benzyl); substituted aryl (such as fluoro phenyl or methoxy phenyl); amino; mono- or disubstituted amino; amino lower alkyl (such as dimethylamino); acetyl amino; amino lower alkoxy (such as ethoxyamine); nitro; cyano; cyano lower alkyl; carboxy; ester
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the N atom form a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms (e.g. piperazinyl, pyrazinyl, lower alkyl-piperazinyl, pyridyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, n-methyl piperazinyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino or imidazolinyl) where the heterocyclic ring may be substituted with any of the substituents defined herein.
  • 1-4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms e.g. piperazinyl, pyrazinyl, lower alkyl-piperazinyl, pyridyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, n-methyl piperazinyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino or imid
  • alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or het groups may be substituted by halogen, carbonyl, thiol, S(O), S(O 2 ), —OH, —SH, —OCH 3 , —SCH 3 , —CN, —SCN or nitro.
  • a compound of the invention can exist as a salt form, especially as an acid addition salt or a base addition salt.
  • a compound can exist in a salt form, such salt forms are included within the scope of the invention.
  • any salt form may be useful in chemical manipulations, such as purification procedures, only pharmaceutically acceptable salts are useful for pharmaceutically products.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts, for example, metal salts, such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, and amino acid addition salts, and sulfonate salts.
  • Acid addition salts include inorganic acid addition salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate and phosphate, and organic acid addition salts such as alkyl sulfonate, arylsulfonate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate and lactate.
  • metal salts are alkali metal salts, such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, aluminum salt, and zinc salt.
  • ammonium salts are ammonium salt and tetramethylammonium salt.
  • organic amine addition salts are salts with morpholine and piperidine.
  • amino acid addition salts are salts with glycine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid and lysine.
  • Sulfonate salts include mesylate, tosylate and benzene sulfonic acid salts.
  • any reference to the compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter especially the compounds of the formula I is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding tautomers of these compounds, especially of compounds of the formula I, tautomeric mixtures of these compounds, especially of compounds of the formula I, or salts of any of these, as appropriate and expedient and if not mentioned otherwise.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atom may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or preferably as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers or pure enantiomers.
  • IAPS Apoptosis Proteins
  • An embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I)
  • R 1 is H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH 3 , —SCH 3 , —CN, —SCN and nitro;
  • R 2 is H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH 3 , —SCH 3 , —CN, —SCN and nitro;
  • R 3 is H; —CF 3 ; —C 2 F 5 ; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 1 -C 4 alkenyl; C 1 -C 4 alky
  • Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH 3 ; —CF 3 ; —CH 2 Cl; —CH 2 F or —CH 2 OH;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 16 straight or branched alkyl; C 1 -C 16 alkenyl; C 1 -C 16 alkynyl; or —C 3 -C 16 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 -Z 1 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; and —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted; Z 1 is —N(R 8 )—C(O)—C 1 -C 10 alkyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; —N(R 8 )—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —C(O
  • R 8 is H, —CH 3 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 OH or —CH 2 Cl;
  • R 9 and R 10 are each independently H; C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen form het;
  • R 5 is H; C 1 -C 10 -alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —C 1 -C 10 alkyl-aryl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl-(CH 2 ) 0-6 -phenyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 CH—((CH 2 ) 1-4 -phenyl) 2
  • n 0-5;
  • X is —CH or N
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C 0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
  • Rd is selected from:
  • Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O) 2 ;
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
  • Rf and Rg are each independently H; —C 1 -C 10 alkyl; C 1 -C 10 alkylaryl; —OH; —O—C 1 -C 10 alkyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —O—(CH 2 ) 0-6 -aryl; phenyl; aryl; phenyl-phenyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —O—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -het; —OR 11 ; —C(O)—R 11 ; —C(O)—N(R 11 )(R 12 ); —N(R 11 )(R 12 ); —S—R 11 ; —S(O)—R 11 ; —S(O) 2 —R 11 ; —S(O) 2
  • a further embodiment the present invention relates to the use of compound of formula I in the treatment of proliferative diseases, especially those dependent on the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), or for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of said diseases, methods of use of compounds of formula (I) in the treatment of said diseases, pharmaceutical preparations comprising compounds of formula (I) for the treatment of said diseases, compounds of formula (I) for use in the treatment of said diseases.
  • IAPs Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 16 straight or branched alkyl, or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, wherein the alkyl or cycloalkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
  • R 5 is H; C 1 -C 10 alkyl; C 1 -C 10 alkyl-aryl; —C(O)—(CH 2 ) 0-6 -Phenyl; —(CH 2 ) 0-6 —C(O)-Phenyl; aryl; indanyl; naphthyl or R 5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl or aryl substituents are unsubstituted or substituted;
  • U is as shown in structure II:
  • n 0-5;
  • X is —CH or N
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C 0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted; Rd is selected from
  • Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O) 2 ;
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
  • Rf and Rg are each independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C 0 -C 10 alkyl; C 1 -C 10 alkylaryl; aryl-C 1 -C 10 alkyl; het-C 1 -C 10 alkyl —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl; —SO 2 —C 1 -C 2 alkyl; —SO 2 —C 1 -C 2 alkylphenyl; —O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl; D is —C(O)—; C 1-7 alkylene or arylene; —O—, or —S(O) r where r is 0-2; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene which may be unsubstituted or substituted with
  • U is a bicyclic saturated or unsaturated ring system, consisting of all carbon skeleton or with one or more heteroatoms such as O, N, S but preferably as shown in structure III:
  • any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R 6 , R 7 , R 6′ and R 7 ′;
  • X is CH or N
  • V is O, F 2 , Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , S, YH, H 2 , NH, or C 1 -C 4 alkyl;
  • W is —CH, or —N
  • the ring atoms may be substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, H, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, wherein alkyl or alkoxy are unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy.
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H; methyl; ethyl; chloromethyl; dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is —C 1 -C 4 alkyl; —C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; —(CH 2 ) 1-6 cycloalkyl; or —(CH 2 ) 0-6 aryl.
  • R 4 is particularly ethyl; propyl; isopropyl; t-butyl; cyclopentyl; or cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopentyl; —CH 2 -cyclohexyl or —CH 2 -phenyl.
  • R 5 is —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl; —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-C(O)-pheny or aryl; R 5 is particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH 2 -phenyl or —CH 2 —C(O)-phenyl; R 6 and R 7 are H or methyl; U has the structure of formula III:
  • any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R 6 , R 7 , R 6′ and R 7 ′;
  • X is N
  • V is O or H 2 ;
  • W is —N
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl
  • R 2 is H
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C 1 -C 7 cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl; phenyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl or aryl.
  • R 4 is particularly methyl; ethyl; butyl; isopropyl; t-butyl; or cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopentyl; —CH 2 -cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH 2 -phenyl;
  • R 5 is —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl; —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-C(O)-pheny or aryl.
  • R 5 is particularly phenylethyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH 2 -phenyl; —CH 2 —C(O)-phenyl or (CF 3 O)phenylethyl;
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 and R′ 7 are H;
  • U has the structure of formula III wherein wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R 6 , R 7 , R 6′ and R 7 ′;
  • X is N
  • V is O or H 2 ;
  • W is —N
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly tetrazolyl, 1, 2,3-triazole, pyrazole, oxazole, pyrrolyl, triazine, pyrimidine, imidazol, oxadiazol; and and D is C 1 alkyl which may optionally be substituted with halo, especially F.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C 1 -C 7 cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl; phenyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl or aryl.
  • R 4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopentyl, —CH 2 -cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH 2 -phenyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H; or R 6 is —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl and R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly triazine, pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2,4-difluorophenyl, Cl-phenyl or fluorophenyl; and D is N(Rh), where Rh is H, Me, —CHO, —SO 2 , —C(O), —CHOH, —CF 3 or —SO 2 CH 3 .
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl; C 1 -C 7 cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl; phenyl-C 1 -C 7 alkyl or aryl.
  • R 4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopentyl, —CH 2 -cyclohexyl; —CH 2 -cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH 2 -phenyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2-methyloxazole; and D is —O—.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het; and D is S, S(O), or S(O) 2 .
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly oxazole, thaizole and ozadiazole; and D is C(O), or 1,3-dioxolane.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H or phenyl C 1 -C 10 alkyl such as phenylethyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc and Rd are a heterocyclic ring, particularly pyrrolidine; pyrrolidin-2-one; or pyrrolidin-3-one.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Re is C 1 alkyl; and p and q are 0.
  • a further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Re is C 1 alkyl; and R g is H C 1 -C 8 alkyl, methyl, ethyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl; or CH 2 CF 3 ; or aryl-C 1 -C 4 alkyl particularly phenylethyl, furanylethyl; C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly cyclohexyl; ethylphenyl; —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C 1 -C 4 alkyl; —C 1 -C 4 alkyl-aryl particularly —CH 2 -phenyl; —CH 2 -thiophene, —CH 2 -furan, —CH 2 -pyrrolidinyl, —CH 2 -imidazole, —CH 2 -triazole, —CH 2 -imidazole; and R f is C
  • a further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Re is C 1 alkyl; and R g and R f form a ring selected from het or aryl particularly 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine; 1,2,3,4 tetrahydroquinoline; indanyl which may be substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkylphenyl
  • a further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is phenyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • Q is O, S, S(O) or S(O) 2 ;
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Re is C 1 alkyl; q is 0;
  • Rc is H
  • R f is C 2 alkyl.
  • a further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is phenyl;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N
  • R 6 , R′ 6 , R 7 , and R′ 7 are H;
  • n O
  • Rc is H
  • R f is OC 1 alkyl.
  • R 3 and R 4 have the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV, with the definitions of the variable substituents and preferences described herein above also applying to compounds having the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV.
  • R 1 and R 3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R 2 is H, methyl, ethyl, or substituted methyl especially chloromethyl, dichloromethyl and trifluoromethyl; preferably R 2 is H or unsubstituted methyl;
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R 5 is —C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-phenyl, particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl, indanyl, naphthyl; and
  • R 6 and R 7 are H or methyl.
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 6′ , and R 7′ is H. If one of R 6 , R 7 , R 6′ , and R 7′ is other than H, it is especially hydroxyl or phenoxy.
  • KOTMS is defined as potassium trimethysilanoate.
  • Step A This step involves the formation of an aziridine ring via standard base mediated conditions.
  • Step B This step involves the formation of a secondary amine via the reaction of an alkyl bromide with excess amine in the presence of a base.
  • Step C This step involves the coupling of a secondary amine with an activated derivative of the aziridine methyl ester to form an amide substituted aziridine.
  • Step D This step involves the intramolecular cycloaddition of the aziridine to the tethered alkene through a thermally accessible azomethine ylide intermediate.
  • Step E This step involves the reduction of the amide to an amine via standard reduction conditions employing DIBAL-H.
  • Step F This step involves the removal of the benzylic protecting group using standard palladium conditions under a hydrogen atmosphere.
  • Step G This step involves coupling of the scaffold with a t-Boc protected natural or unnatural amino acid using standard peptide coupling conditions followed by the removal of the t-Boc group with TFA.
  • Step H This step involves the coupling of the amine generated in the preceding step with a t-Boc protected or tertiary natural or unnatural amino acid using standard peptide coupling conditions followed by the removal of the t-Boc group with TFA if applicable. The product is then purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
  • HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful for treating proliferative diseases.
  • the present invention further relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a mammal, preferably a human, in need of such treatment.
  • a proliferative disease is mainly a tumor disease (or cancer) (and/or any metastases).
  • the inventive compounds are particularly useful for treating a tumor which is a breast cancer, genitourinary cancer, lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, epidermoid cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, pancreas cancer, neuroblastoma, head and/or neck cancer or bladder cancer, or in a broader sense renal, brain or gastric cancer; in particular (i) a breast tumor; an epidermoid tumor, such as an epidermoid head and/or neck tumor or a mouth tumor; a lung tumor, for example a small cell or non-small cell lung tumor; a gastrointestinal tumor, for example, a colorectal tumor; or a genitourinary tumor, for example, a prostate tumor (especially a hormone-refractory prostate tumor); or (ii) a proliferative disease that is refractory to the treatment with other chemotherapeutics; or (iii)
  • a proliferative disease may furthermore be a hyperproliferative condition such as leukemias, hyperplasias, fibrosis (especially pulmonary, but also other types of fibrosis, such as renal fibrosis), angiogenesis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis and smooth muscle proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • a hyperproliferative condition such as leukemias, hyperplasias, fibrosis (especially pulmonary, but also other types of fibrosis, such as renal fibrosis), angiogenesis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis and smooth muscle proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • metastasis in the original organ or tissue and/or in any other location are implied alternatively or in addition, whatever the location of the tumor and/or metastasis.
  • the inventive compound is selectively toxic or more toxic to rapidly proliferating cells than to normal cells, particularly in human cancer cells, e.g., cancerous tumors, the compound has significant antiproliferative effects and promotes differentiation, e.g., cell cycle arrest and apoptosis.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with other anticancer agents, such as compounds that inhibit tumor angiogenesis, for example, the protease inhibitors, epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors, vascular endothelial growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors and the like; cytotoxic drugs, such as antimetabolites, like purine and pyrimidine analog antimetabolites; antimitotic agents like microtubule stabilizing drugs and antimitotic alkaloids; platinum coordination complexes; anti-tumor antibiotics; alkylating agents, such as nitrogen mustards and nitrosoureas; endocrine agents, such as adrenocorticosteroids, androgens, anti-androgens, estrogens, anti-estrogens, aromatase inhibitors, gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists and somatostatin analogues and compounds that target an enzyme or receptor that is overexpressed and/or otherwise involved a specific metabolic pathway that is upregulated in the tumor cell
  • the present invention further relates to a method of promoting apoptosis in rapidly proliferating cells, which comprises contacting the rapidly proliferating cells with an effective apoptosis promoting amount of a non-naturally-occurring compound that binds to the Smac binding site of XIAP and/or cIAP proteins.
  • the non-naturally-occurring compound a compound of present formula I or IV.
  • the present invention further relates to a method of treating or inhibiting myeloma, especially multiple myeloma.
  • myeloma as used herein relates to a tumor composed of cells of the type normally found in the bone marrow.
  • multiple myeloma as used herein means a disseminated malignant neoplasm of plasma cells which is characterized by multiple bone marrow tumor foci and secretion of an M component (a monoclonal immunoglobulin fragment), associated with widespread osteolytic lesions resulting in bone pain, pathologic fractures, hypercalcaemia and normochromic normocytic anaemia. Multiple myeloma is incurable by the use of conventional and high dose chemotherapies.
  • the invention relates to a method of treating myeloma, especially myeloma which is resistant to conventional chemotherapy.
  • the invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula I, to their use in the therapeutic (in a broader aspect of the invention also prophylactic) treatment or a method of treatment of a kinase dependent disease, especially the preferred diseases mentioned above, to the compounds for said use and to pharmaceutical preparations and their manufacture, especially for said uses.
  • the present invention also relates to pro-drugs of a compound of formula I that convert in vivo to the compound of formula I as such. Any reference to a compound of formula I is therefore to be understood as referring also to the corresponding pro-drugs of the compound of formula I, as appropriate and expedient.
  • pharmacologically acceptable compounds of the present invention may be present in or employed, for example, for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an effective amount of a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as active ingredient together or in admixture with one or more inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (carrier materials).
  • compositions according to the invention are those for enteral, such as nasal, rectal or oral, or parenteral, such as intramuscular or intravenous, administration to warm-blooded animals (especially a human), that comprise an effective dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient, alone or together with a significant amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the dose of the active ingredient depends on the species of warm-blooded animal, the body weight, the age and the individual condition, individual pharmacokinetic data, the disease to be treated and the mode of administration.
  • the invention relates also to a method of treatment for a disease that responds to inhibition of a protein kinase and/or a proliferative disease, which comprises administering a (against the mentioned diseases) prophylactically or especially therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I according to the invention, or a tautomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, that, on account of one of the mentioned diseases, requires such treatment.
  • the dose of a compound of the formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to be administered to warm-blooded animals preferably is from approximately 3 mg to approximately 10 g, more preferably from approximately 10 mg to approximately 1.5 g, most preferably from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg/person/day, divided preferably into 1-3 single doses which may, for example, be of the same size. Usually, children receive half of the adult dose.
  • compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95%, preferably from approximately 20% to approximately 90%, active ingredient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be, for example, in unit dose form, such as in the form of ampoules, vials, suppositories, dragées, tablets or capsules.
  • compositions of the present invention are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving, lyophilizing, mixing, granulating or confectioning processes.
  • a compound of the formula I may also be used to advantage in combination with other antiproliferative agents.
  • antiproliferative agents include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active agents; alkylating agents; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms; tel
  • aromatase inhibitor as used herein relates to a compound which inhibits the estrogen production, i.e. the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethimide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole.
  • Exemestane can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g.
  • AROMASIN Formestane can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark LENTARON. Fadrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark AFEMA. Anastrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ARIMIDEX. Letrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FEMARA or FEMAR. Aminoglutethimide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ORIMETEN.
  • a combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an aromatase inhibitor is particularly useful for the treatment of hormone receptor positive tumors, e.g. breast tumors.
  • antiestrogen as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride.
  • Tamoxifen can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark NOLVADEX.
  • Raloxifene hydrochloride can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark EVISTA.
  • Fulvestrant can be formulated as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • 4,659,516 or it can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FASLODEX.
  • a combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an antiestrogen is particularly useful for the treatment of estrogen receptor positive tumors, e.g. breast tumors.
  • anti-androgen as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (CASODEX), which can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,636,505.
  • CASODEX bicalutamide
  • gonadorelin agonist as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. Goserelin is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,100,274 and can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZOLADEX. Abarelix can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,901.
  • topoisomerase I inhibitor includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148 (compound A1 in WO99/17804).
  • Irinotecan can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CAMPTOSAR.
  • Topotecan can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HYCAMTIN.
  • topoisomerase II inhibitor includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide.
  • Etoposide can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ETOPOPHOS.
  • Teniposide can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g.
  • Doxorubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ADRIBLASTIN or ADRIAMYCIN.
  • Epirubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FARMORUBICIN.
  • Idarubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZAVEDOS.
  • Mitoxantrone can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark NOVANTRON.
  • microtubule active agent relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing agents and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, e.g. paclitaxel and docetaxel, vinca alkaloids, e.g., vinblastine, especially vinblastine sulfate, vincristine especially vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine, discodermolides, cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof, e.g. epothilone B or D or derivatives thereof.
  • Paclitaxel may be administered e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. TAXOL.
  • Docetaxel can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark TAXOTERE.
  • Vinblastine sulfate can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark VINBLASTIN R.P.
  • Vincristine sulfate can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FARMISTIN.
  • Discodermolide can be obtained, e.g., as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,099.
  • Epothilone derivatives which are disclosed in WO 98/10121, U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,181, WO 98/25929, WO 98/08849, WO 99/43653, WO 98/22461 and WO 00/31247.
  • Epothilone A and/or B are also included.
  • alkylating agent includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel).
  • Cyclophosphamide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CYCLOSTIN.
  • Ifosfamide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HOLOXAN.
  • histone deacetylase inhibitors or “HDAC inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes compounds disclosed in WO 02/22577, especially N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[(2-hydroxyethyl)[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. It further especially includes Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
  • SAHA Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • anti-plastic antimetabolite includes, but is not limited to, 5-Fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating agents, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed.
  • Capecitabine can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark XELODA.
  • Gemcitabine can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark GEMZAR.
  • the monoclonal antibody trastuzumab which can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HERCEPTIN.
  • platinum compound as used herein includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin.
  • Carboplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CARBOPLAT.
  • Oxaliplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ELOXATIN.
  • compound “compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds” as used herein includes, but is not limited to: protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, e.g.:
  • FGF-Rs fibroblast growth factor-receptors
  • IGF-IR insulin-like growth factor receptor I
  • Trk receptor tyrosine kinase family compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the Trk receptor tyrosine kinase family
  • c-Met receptor compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Met receptor
  • PKC protein kinase C
  • Raf Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK and Ras/MAPK family members, or PI(3) kina
  • examples of further compounds include e.g. UCN-01, safingol, BAY 43-9006, Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; Ilmofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; Isis 3521; LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds such as those disclosed in WO 00/09495; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P13K inhibitor); g) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of a protein-tyrosine kinase, such as imatinib mesylate (GLIVEC/GLEEVEC) or tyrphostin.
  • GLIVEC/GLEEVEC imatinib mesylate
  • a tyrphostin is preferably a low molecular weight (Mr ⁇ 1500) compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound selected from the benzylidenemalonitrile class or the S-arylbenzenemalonirile or bisubstrate quinoline class of compounds, more especially any compound selected from the group consisting of Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer; Tyrphostin AG 555; AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin (4- ⁇ [(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino ⁇ -benzoic acid adamantyl ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin); and h) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of receptor
  • EGF receptor ErbB2, ErbB3 and ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, and are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies generically and specifically disclosed in WO 97/02266, e.g. the compound of ex. 39, or in EP 0 564 409, WO 99/03854, EP 0520722, EP 0 566 226, EP 0 787 722, EP 0 837 063, U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,498, WO 98/10767, WO 97/30034, WO 97/49688, WO 97/38983 and, especially, WO 96/30347 (e.g.
  • WO 96/33980 e.g. compound ZD 1839
  • WO 95/03283 e.g. compound ZM105180
  • trastuzumab HERCEPTIN
  • cetuximab Iressa
  • Tarceva Tarceva
  • CI-1033 EKB-569
  • GW-2016 E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives which are disclosed in WO 03/013541.
  • anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (THALOMID) and TNP-470.
  • TAALOMID thalidomide
  • TNP-470 TNP-470.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase are e.g. inhibitors of phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, PTEN or CDC25, e.g. okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
  • Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes are e.g. retinoic acid, ⁇ - ⁇ - or ⁇ -tocopherol or ⁇ - ⁇ - or ⁇ -tocotrienol.
  • cyclooxygenase inhibitor includes, but is not limited to, e.g. Cox-2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • Cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • mTOR inhibitors relates to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everolimus (CerticanTM), CCI-779 and ABT578.
  • bisphosphonates as used herein includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid.
  • Etridonic acid can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark DIDRONEL.
  • Clodronic acid can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark BONEFOS.
  • titaniumudronic acid can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark SKELID.
  • “Pamidronic acid” can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark AREDIATM.
  • “Alendronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FOSAMAX.
  • “Ibandronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark BONDRANAT.
  • “Risedronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ACTONEL.
  • “Zoledronic acid” can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZOMETA.
  • heparanase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulphate degradation.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88.
  • biological response modifier refers to a lymphokine or interferons, e.g. interferon ⁇ .
  • inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms e.g. H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras
  • H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras e.g. a “farnesyl transferase inhibitor”, e.g. L-744832, DK8G557 or R115777 (Zarnestra).
  • telomerase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, e.g. telomestatin.
  • methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase are e.g. bengamide or a derivative thereof.
  • proteasome inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include e.g. PS-341 and MLN 341.
  • matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor or (“MMP inhibitor”) as used herein includes, but is not limited to collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251, BAY 12-9566, TAA211, MMI270B or AAJ996.
  • MMP inhibitor matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor
  • agents used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies includes, but is not limited to FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors e.g. compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of Flt-3; interferon, 1-b-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors e.g. compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
  • FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors e.g. compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of Flt-3
  • interferon 1-b-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan
  • ALK inhibitors e.g. compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
  • kits which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Flt-3 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit Flt-3, e.g. PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU11248 and MLN518.
  • HSP90 inhibitors includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteasome pathway.
  • Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90 e.g., 17-allylamino, 17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors.
  • antiproliferative antibodies includes, but is not limited to trastuzumab (HerceptinTM), Trastuzumab-DM1, erlotinib (TarcevaTM), bevacizumab (AvastinTM), rituximab (Rituxan®), PRO64553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody.
  • antibodies is meant e.g. intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed from at least 2 intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • compounds of formula I can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML.
  • compounds of formula I can be administered in combination with e.g. farnesyl transferase inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16, Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum and PKC412.
  • a compound of the formula I may also be used to advantage in combination with known therapeutic processes, e.g., the administration of hormones or especially radiation.
  • a compound of formula I may in particular be used as a radiosensitizer, especially for the treatment of tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
  • ком ⁇ онент there is meant either a fixed combination in one dosage unit form, or a kit of parts for the combined administration where a compound of the formula I and a combination partner may be administered independently at the same time or separately within time intervals that especially allow that the combination partners show a cooperative, e.g. synergistic, effect, or any combination thereof.
  • the organic layer is dried and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:9) to provide a yellow oil.
  • the yellow oil is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
  • the mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
  • the solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 50 mL).
  • the organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.75 g (79% two steps) of the title compound which is used in next step without further purification or characterization.
  • But-3-enyl-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amine (A): To a solution of S-( ⁇ )-1-phenyl ethylamine (15.75 g, 130 mmol) in 150 mL of DMF at 0° C. is added K 2 CO 3 (53.9 g, 390 mmol) in small portions. After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, 4-bromobutene (13.5 g, 100 mmol) is added dropwise and followed by NaI (58.5 g, 390 mmol) in small portions. The reaction mixture, a white suspension, is heated to 95° C. and stirred overnight/16 hrs.
  • D (2S,3R)-3-But-3-enyl-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 3.32 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) with HCl (0.5 mL, 37%), and cooled to ⁇ 70° C. Ozone gas is bubbled though the solution for about 10 min or until the solution is turned very light blue color.
  • the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 4:1) to provide a yellow oil.
  • the yellow oil is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
  • the mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
  • the solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3 ⁇ 50 mL).
  • the organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.04 g (68% two steps) of the title compound E which is used in the next step without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound 32 is prepared as follows:
  • an ELISA and a cell based assays are utilized.
  • the remaining GST-BIR3 fusion protein is monitored by ELISA assay involving first, incubation with goat anti-GST antibodies followed by washing and incubation with alkaline phosphatase conjugated anti-goat antibodies. Signal is amplified using Attophos (Promega) and read with Cytoflour Ex 450 nm/40 and Em 580 nm.
  • IC 50 s correspond to concentration of compound which displaces half of GST-BIR3 signal.
  • the IC 50 for non-biotinylated Smac is 400 nM.
  • the IC 50 values of compounds listed in Table 1 in the described ELISA assays ranged from 0.005-10 ⁇ M.
  • the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor cell growth in vitro is monitored using the CellTiter 96® AQ ueous Non-Radioactive Cell Proliferation Assay (Promega).
  • This assay is composed of solutions of a novel tetrazolium compound [3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium, inner salt; MTS] and an electron coupling reagent (phenazine methosulfate) PMS.
  • MTS is bioreduced by cells into a formazan product, the absorbance of which is measured at 490 nm.
  • the conversion of MTS into the aqueous soluble formazan product is accomplished by dehydrogenase enzymes found in metabolically active cells.
  • the quantity of formazan product as measured by the amount of 490 nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture.
  • the IC 50 values of compounds listed in Table 1 in the described cell assays ranged from 0.005-50 ⁇ M.
  • Tablets 1 Comprising Compounds of the Formula (I)
  • Tablets comprising, as active ingredient, 50 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) mentioned in the preceding Examples 9-194 of the following composition are prepared using routine methods:
  • composition Active Ingredient 50 mg Wheat starch 60 mg Lactose 50 mg Colloidal silica 5 mg Talcum 9 mg Magnesium stearate 1 mg Total 175 mg
  • Manufacture The active ingredient is combined with part of the wheat starch, the lactose and the colloidal silica and the mixture pressed through a sieve. A further part of the wheat starch is mixed with the 5-fold amount of water on a water bath to form a paste and the mixture made first is kneaded with this paste until a weakly plastic mass is formed.
  • the dry granules are pressed through a sieve having a mesh size of 3 mm, mixed with a pre-sieved mixture (1 mm sieve) of the remaining corn starch, magnesium stearate and talcum and compressed to form slightly biconvex tablets.
  • Tablets comprising, as active ingredient, 100 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) of Examples 9-194 are prepared with the following composition, following standard procedures:
  • composition Active Ingredient 100 mg Crystalline lactose 240 mg Avicel 80 mg PVPPXL 20 mg Aerosil 2 mg Magnesium stearate 5 mg Total 447 mg
  • Manufacture The active ingredient is mixed with the carrier materials and compressed by means of a tabletting machine (Korsch EKO, Stempel sacrificer 10 mm).
  • Capsules comprising, as active ingredient, 100 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) given in Examples 9-194, of the following composition are prepared according to standard procedures:
  • Active Ingredient 100 mg Avicel 200 mg PVPPXL 15 mg Aerosil 2 mg Magnesium stearate 1.5 mg Total 318.5 mg
  • Manufacturing is done by mixing the components and filling them into hard gelatine capsules, size 1.

Abstract

Novel compounds that inhibit the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs) of the formula I
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00001

Description

  • The present invention relates generally to novel compounds that inhibit the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs). The present invention includes novel compounds, novel compositions, methods of their use and methods of their manufacture, where such compounds are generally pharmacologically useful as agents in therapies whose mechanism of action rely on the inhibition of the Smac/IAP interaction, and more particularly useful in therapies for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Programmed cell death plays a critical role in regulating cell number and in eliminating stressed or damaged cells from normal tissues. Indeed, the network of apoptotic signaling mechanisms inherent in most cell types provides a major barrier to the development and progression of human cancer. Since most commonly used radiation and chemo-therapies rely on activation of apoptotic pathways to kill cancer cells, tumor cells which are capable of evading programmed cell death often become resistant to treatment.
  • Apoptosis signaling networks are classified as either intrinsic when mediated by death receptor-ligand interactions or extrinsic when mediated by cellular stress and mitochondrial permeabilization. Both pathways ultimately converge on individual Caspases. Once activated, Caspases cleave a number of cell death-related substrates, effecting destruction of the cell.
  • Tumor cells have devised a number of strategies to circumvent apoptosis. One recently reported molecular mechanism involves the overexpression of members of the IAP (Inhibitor of Apoptosis) protein family. IAPs sabotage apoptosis by directly interacting with and neutralizing Caspases. The prototype IAPs, XIAP and cIAP have three functional domains referred to as BIR 1, 2 & 3 domains. BIR3 domain interacts directly with Caspase 9 and inhibits its ability to bind and cleave its natural substrate, Procaspase 3.
  • It has been reported that a proapoptotic mitochondrial protein, Smac (also known as DIABLO), is capable of neutralizing XIAP and/or cIAP by binding to a peptide binding pocket (Smac binding site) on the surface of BIR3 thereby precluding interaction between XIAP and/or cIAP and Caspase 9. The present invention relates to therapeutic molecules that bind to the Smac binding pocket thereby promoting apoptosis in rapidly dividing cells. Such therapeutic molecules are useful for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer. In other words, Smac analogs would bind to BIR3 domain of IAPs and will remove the IAP's inhibition of activated Caspase 9 which would then go on to induce apoptosis.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates generally to novel compounds that inhibit the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs). The present invention includes novel compounds, novel compositions, methods of their use and methods of their manufacture, where such compounds are generally pharmacologically useful as agents in therapies whose mechanism of action rely on the inhibition of the Smac/IAP interaction, and more particularly useful in therapies for the treatment of proliferative diseases, including cancer.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I)
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00002
  • wherein
    R1 is H; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
    R2 is H; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
    R3 is H; —CF3; —C2F5; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl; —CH2-Z or R2 and R3 together with the nitrogen form a het ring;
  • Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2Cl; —CH2F or —CH2OH;
  • R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl; C1-C16 alkenyl; C1-C16 alkynyl; or —C3-C10cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6-Z1; —(CH2)0-6-aryl; and —(CH2)0-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
    Z1 is —N(R8)—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(O)—N(R9)(R10); —C(O)—O—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6-het; —O—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
    het is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, which heterocyclic ring or fused ring system is unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom;
  • R8 is H; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2OH or —CH2Cl;
  • R9 and R10 are each independently H; C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen form het;
    R5 is H; C1-C10-alkyl; aryl; phenyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl-(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-4CH—((CH2)1-4-phenyl)2; —(CH2)0-6—CH(phenyl)2; -indanyl; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7-cycloalkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6—C(O)-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6-het; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl and aryl substituents are unsubstituted or substituted;
    U is as shown in structure II:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00003
  • wherein
    n=0-5;
  • X is —CH or N;
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Rd is selected from:
      • (a) —Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
      • (b) Ar1-D-Ar2;
        Rc is H or Rc and Rd may together form a cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or het, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
        p and q are independently 0 or 1;
        Re is C1-8 alkyl or alkylidene, and Re which may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
    Rf and Rg are each independently H; —C1-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkylaryl; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; aryl; phenyl-phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; S—C1-C10alkyl; aryl-C1-C4alkyl; het-C1-C4-alkyl wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, het and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4alkyl; or Rg and Rf form a ring selected from het or aryl;
    D is —CO—; —C(O)—C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —CF2—; —O—; —S(O)r where r is 0-2; 1,3dioaxolane; or C1-7 alkyl-OH; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is —N(Rh) wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsub or substituted); aryl; —O(C1-7cycloalkyl) (unsub or substituted); C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; C(O)—Co—C10alkylaryl; C—O—C1-C10alkyl; C—O—Co—C10alkyl-aryl or SO2—C1-C10-alkyl; SO2—(Co—C10-alkylaryl);
    R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H; —C1-C10 alkyl; —C1-C10 alkoxy; aryl-C1-C10 alkoxy; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 can be united to form a ring system;
    R11 and R12 are independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6—(CH)0-1(aryl)1-2; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(O)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(S)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(S)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(S)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; or R11 and R12 are a substituent that facilitates transport of the molecule across a cell membrane; or R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom form het;
    wherein the alkyl substituents of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from C1-C10alkyl, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3;
    substituted cycloalkyl substituents of R11 and R12 are substituted by one or more substituents selected from a C1-C10 alkene; C1-C6alkyl; halogen; OH; —O—C1-C6alkyl; —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; and
    substituted phenyl or aryl of R11 and R12 are substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen; hydroxy; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; nitro; —CN; —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl and —C(O)—O—C1-C4-aryl,
    or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The present invention also related to the use of compound of formula I in the treatment of proliferative diseases, especially those dependent on the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), or for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of said diseases, methods of use of compounds of formula (I) in the treatment of said diseases, pharmaceutical preparations comprising compounds of formula (I) for the treatment of said diseases, compounds of formula (I) for use in the treatment of said diseases.
  • The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have within the context of this disclosure the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
  • “Aryl” is an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, which may be fused or unfused, and which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably one or two substituents, wherein the substituents are as described below. Preferred “aryl” is phenyl, naphthyl or indanyl.
  • “Het” refers to heteroaryl and heterocyclic rings and fused rings containing aromatic and non-aromatic heterocyclic rings. “Het” is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Suitable het substituents include unsubstituted and substituted pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1,3-diazapane, 1,4-diazapane, 1,4-oxazepane, 1,4-oxathiapane, furyl, thienyl, pyrrole, pyrazole, triazole, 1,2,3-triazole, tetrazolyl, oxadiazole, thiophene, imidazol, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, thiazole, oxazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, isoxazolyl, pyrazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridopyrazine, pyrrolopyridine, furopyridine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiofuran, benzindole, benzoxazole, pyrroloquinoline, and the like. The het substituents are unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon atom by halogen, especially fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkyl, such as methyl and ethyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, nitro, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4alkyl or on a nitrogen by C1-C4 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4alkyl, such as carbomethoxy or carboethoxy.
  • When two substituents together with a commonly bound nitrogen are het, it is understood that the resulting heterocyclic ring is a nitrogen-containing ring, such as aziridine, azetidine, azole, piperidine, piperazine, morphiline, pyrrole, pyrazole, thiazole, oxazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, isoxazolyl, and the like.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, especially fluorine and chlorine.
  • Unless otherwise specified “alkyl” includes straight or branched chain alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and branched pentyl, n-hexyl and branched hexyl, and the like.
  • A “cycloalkyl” group means C3 to C10cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms and may be, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl. Preferably, cycloalkyl is cycloheptyl. The cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituents defined below, preferably halo, hydroxy or C1-C4 alkyl such as methyl.
  • The amino acid residues include a residue of a standard amino acid, such as alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine and valine. The amino acid residues also include the side chains of uncommon and modified amino acids. Uncommon and modified amino acids are known to those of skill in the art (see for example G. B. Fields, Z. Tiam and G Barany; Synthetic Peptides A Users Guide, University of Wisconsin Biochemistry Center, Chapter 3, (1992)) and include amino acids such as 4-hydroxyproline, 5-hydroxylysine, desmosine, beta-alanine, alpha, gamma- and beta-aminobutric acid, homocysteine, homoserine, citrulline, ornithine, 2- or 3-amino adipic acid, 6-aminocaproic acid, 2- or 3-aminoisobutric acid, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid, diphenylalanine, hydroxyproline and the like. If the side chain of the amino acid residue contains a derivatizable group, such as COOH, —OH or amino, the side chain may be derivatized by a substituent that reacts with the derivatizable group. For example, acidic amino acids, like aspartic and glutamic acid, or hydroxy substituted side chains, like those of serine or threonine, may be derivatized to form an ester, or amino side chains may form amide or alkylamino derivatives. In particular, the derivative may be a substituent that facilitates transport across a cell membrane. In addition, any carboxylic acid group in the amino acid residue, for example, an alpha carboxylic acid group, may be derivatized as discussed above to form an ester or amide.
  • Substituents that facilitate transport of the molecule across a cell membrane are known to those of skill in the medicinal chemistry arts (see, for example, Gangewar S., Pauletti G. M., Wang B., Siahaan T. J., Stella V. J., Borchardt R. T., Drug Discovery Today, vol. 2. p 148-155 (1997) and Bundgaard H. and Moss J., Pharmaceutical Research, vol. 7, p 885 (1990)). Generally, such substituents are lipophillic substituents. Such lipophillic substituents include a C6-C30 alkyl which is saturated, monounsaturated, polyunsaturated, including methylene-interrupted polyene, phenyl, phenyl which substituted by one or two C1-C8 alkyl groups, C5-C9 cycloalkyl, C5-C9 cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two C1-C8 alkyl groups, —X1-phenyl, —X1-phenyl which is substituted in the phenyl ring by one or two C1-C8 alkyl groups, X1—C5-C9 cycloalkyl or X1—C5-C9 cycloalkyl which is substituted by one or two C1-C8 alkyl groups; where X1 is C1-C24 alkyl which is saturated, monounsaturated or polyunsaturated and straight or branched chain.
  • Unsubstituted is intended to mean that hydrogen is the only substituent.
  • Any of the above defined aryl, het, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclic groups may be unsubstituted or independently substituted by up to four, preferably one, two or three substituents, selected from the group consisting of: halo (such as Cl or Br); hydroxy; lower alkyl (such as C1-C3 lower alkyl); lower alkyl which may be substituted with any of the substituents defined herein; lower alkenyl; lower alkynyl; lower alkanoyl; alkoxy (such as methoxy); aryl (such as phenyl or benzyl); substituted aryl (such as fluoro phenyl or methoxy phenyl); amino; mono- or disubstituted amino; amino lower alkyl (such as dimethylamino); acetyl amino; amino lower alkoxy (such as ethoxyamine); nitro; cyano; cyano lower alkyl; carboxy; esterified carboxy (such as lower alkoxy carbonyl e.g. methoxy carbonyl); n-propoxy carbonyl or iso-propoxy carbonyl; alkanoyl; benzoyl; carbamoyl; N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl; carbamates; alkyl carbamic acid esters; amidino; guanidine; urea; ureido; mercapto; sulfo; lower alkylthio; sulfoamino; sulfonamide; benzosulfonamide; sulfonate; sulfanyl lower alkyl (such as methyl sulfanyl); sulfoamino; substituted or unsubstituted sulfonamide (such as benzo sulfonamide); substituted or unsubstituted sulfonate (such as chloro-phenyl sulfonate); lower alkylsulfinyl; phenylsulfinyl; phenyl-lower alkylsulfinyl; alkylphenylsulfinyl; lower alkanesulfonyl; phenylsulfonyl; phenyl-lower alkylsulfonyl; alkylphenylsulfonyl; halogen-lower alkylmercapto; halogen-lower alkylsulfonyl; such as especially trifluoromethane sulfonyl; phosphono (—P(═O)(OH)2); hydroxy-lower alkoxy phosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl; substituted urea (such as 3-trifluoro-methyl-phenyl urea); alkyl carbamic acid ester or carbamates (such as ethyl-N-phenyl-carbamate) or —NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 can be the same or different and are independently H; lower alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl or propyl); or R4 and R5 together with the N atom form a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms (e.g. piperazinyl, pyrazinyl, lower alkyl-piperazinyl, pyridyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, n-methyl piperazinyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino or imidazolinyl) where the heterocyclic ring may be substituted with any of the substituents defined herein.
  • Preferably the above mentioned alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or het groups may be substituted by halogen, carbonyl, thiol, S(O), S(O2), —OH, —SH, —OCH3, —SCH3, —CN, —SCN or nitro.
  • Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, pharmaceutical preparations, diseases and the like, this is intended to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.
  • It will be apparent to one of skill in the art when a compound of the invention can exist as a salt form, especially as an acid addition salt or a base addition salt. When a compound can exist in a salt form, such salt forms are included within the scope of the invention. Although any salt form may be useful in chemical manipulations, such as purification procedures, only pharmaceutically acceptable salts are useful for pharmaceutically products.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts, for example, metal salts, such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, and amino acid addition salts, and sulfonate salts. Acid addition salts include inorganic acid addition salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate and phosphate, and organic acid addition salts such as alkyl sulfonate, arylsulfonate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate and lactate. Examples of metal salts are alkali metal salts, such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, aluminum salt, and zinc salt. Examples of ammonium salts are ammonium salt and tetramethylammonium salt. Examples of organic amine addition salts are salts with morpholine and piperidine. Examples of amino acid addition salts are salts with glycine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid and lysine. Sulfonate salts include mesylate, tosylate and benzene sulfonic acid salts.
  • In view of the close relationship between the compounds in free form and those in the form of their salts, including those salts that can be used as intermediates, for example in the purification or identification of the compounds, tautomers or tautomeric mixtures and their salts, any reference to the compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter especially the compounds of the formula I, is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding tautomers of these compounds, especially of compounds of the formula I, tautomeric mixtures of these compounds, especially of compounds of the formula I, or salts of any of these, as appropriate and expedient and if not mentioned otherwise.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atom may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration. Substituents at a ring at atoms with saturated bonds may, if possible, be present in cis-(=Z-) or trans (=E-) form. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or preferably as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers or pure enantiomers.
  • Preferred embodiments according to the invention:
  • In the following preferred embodiments, general expression can be replaced by the corresponding more specific definitions provided above and below, thus yielding stronger preferred embodiments of the invention.
  • Preferred is the USE of compounds of the formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, where the disease to be treated is a proliferative disease depending on binding of the Smac protein to inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPS).
  • An embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I)
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00004
  • wherein
    R1 is H; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH3, —SCH3, —CN, —SCN and nitro;
    R2 is H; C1-C4alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH3, —SCH3, —CN, —SCN and nitro;
    R3 is H; —CF3; —C2F5; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl; —CH2-Z or R2 and R3 together with the nitrogen form a het;
  • Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2Cl; —CH2F or —CH2OH;
  • R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl; C1-C16 alkenyl; C1-C16 alkynyl; or —C3-C16 cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6-Z1; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; and —(CH2)0-6-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
    Z1 is —N(R8)—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(O)—N(R9)(R10); —C(O)—O—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6-het; —O—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
    het is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, which heterocyclic ring or fused ring system is unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon atom by halogen, hydroxy, C1-C4alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4-alkyl or on a nitrogen by C1-C4 alkyl, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4alkyl;
  • R8 is H, —CH3, —CF3, —CH2OH or —CH2Cl;
  • R9 and R10 are each independently H; C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen form het;
    R5 is H; C1-C10-alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl-(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-4CH—((CH2)1-4-phenyl)2; —(CH2)0-6—CH(phenyl)2; —(CH2)0-6—C(O)phenyl-indanyl; aryl —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6-het; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted;
    U is a as shown in structure II:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00005
  • wherein
    n=0-5;
  • X is —CH or N;
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Rd is selected from:
      • (a) —Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
      • (b) Ar1-D-Ar2;
        Rc is H or Rd and Rc together form cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or heteroring, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
        p and q are independently 0 or 1;
        Re is C1-8 alkyl, or alkylidene, preferably methylidene, and Re may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
    Rf and Rg are each independently H; —C1-C10 alkyl; C1-C10alkylaryl; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; aryl; phenyl-phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; S—C1-C1-alkyl; aryl-C1-C4alkyl; het-C1-C4alkyl wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, het and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4alkyl; or Rg and Rf form a ring selected from het or aryl;
    D is —CO—; —C(O)—C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —CF2—; —O—; —S(O)r where r is 0-2; 1,3dioaxolane; or C1-7 alkyl-OH; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is —N(Rh) wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsub or substituted); aryl; —O(C1-7cycloalkyl) (unsub or substituted); C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; C(O)—Co—C10alkylaryl; C—O—C1-C10alkyl; C—O—Co—C10alkyl-aryl or SO2—C1-C10-alkyl; SO2—(Co—C10-alkylaryl);
    R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H; —C1-C10 alkyl; —C1-C10 alkoxy; aryl-C1-C10 alkoxy; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 can be united to form a ring system;
    R11 and R12 are independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6—(CH)0-1(aryl)1-2; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(O)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(S)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(S)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(S)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; or R11 and R12 are a substituent that facilitates transport of the molecule across a cell membrane; or R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen are het; aryl of R11 and R12 can be phenyl, naphthyl, or indanyl which is unsubstituted or substituted;
    alkyl of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from a C1-C10 alkene, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl and —CF3; cycloalkyl of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more selected from a C1-C10 alkene, one or more halogens, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; and
    phenyl or aryl of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, —CN, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl and —C(O)—O—C1-C4-aryl;
    or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • A further embodiment the present invention relates to the use of compound of formula I in the treatment of proliferative diseases, especially those dependent on the binding of the Smac protein to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), or for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of said diseases, methods of use of compounds of formula (I) in the treatment of said diseases, pharmaceutical preparations comprising compounds of formula (I) for the treatment of said diseases, compounds of formula (I) for use in the treatment of said diseases.
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R2 are independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4alkyl;
    R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl, or C3-C10cycloalkyl, wherein the alkyl or cycloalkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    R5 is H; C1-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-Phenyl; —(CH2)0-6—C(O)-Phenyl; aryl; indanyl; naphthyl or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl or aryl substituents are unsubstituted or substituted;
    U is as shown in structure II:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00006
  • wherein
    n=0-5;
  • X is —CH or N;
  • Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Rd is selected from
      • (a) —Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
      • (b) Ar1-D-Ar2;
        Rc is H or Rc and Rd together form cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or heteroring, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
        p and q are independently 0 or 1;
        Re is C1-8 alkyl, or methylidene which may be unsubstituted or substituted;
    Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
    Rf and Rg are each independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C0-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkylaryl; aryl-C1-C10alkyl; het-C1-C10alkyl —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4-alkyl;
    D is —C(O)—; C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —O—, or —S(O)r where r is 0-2; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene which may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens; —OH; —O—C1-C6alkyl; —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is NRh wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsubstituted or substituted); aryl; —OC1-7 cycloalkyl (unsubstituted or substituted); —CO—C0-10 alkyl or aryl or SO2—C0-10-alkyl or aryl; and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —OH, alkoxy, or aryloxy;
    or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • In a further embodiment, U is a bicyclic saturated or unsaturated ring system, consisting of all carbon skeleton or with one or more heteroatoms such as O, N, S but preferably as shown in structure III:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00007
  • wherein
    wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
  • X is CH or N;
  • V is O, F2, Cl2, Br2, I2, S, YH, H2, NH, or C1-C4 alkyl;
  • W is —CH, or —N;
  • n is 0-3; and
    m is 0-3.
  • In a preferred embodiment the ring atoms may be substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, H, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, wherein alkyl or alkoxy are unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy.
  • In a further embodiment, U of formula II or III together with R5 form a fused ring system.
  • Especially preferred is a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H; methyl; ethyl; chloromethyl; dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is —C1-C4alkyl; —C3-C7 cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6cycloalkyl; or —(CH2)0-6aryl. R4 is particularly ethyl; propyl; isopropyl; t-butyl; cyclopentyl; or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl; —CH2-cyclohexyl or —CH2-phenyl.
    R5 is —C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C1-C4alkyl-C(O)-pheny or aryl; R5 is particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH2-phenyl or —CH2—C(O)-phenyl;
    R6 and R7 are H or methyl;
    U has the structure of formula III:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00008
  • wherein
    wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
  • X is N; V is O or H2; W is —N;
  • n is 1; and
    m is 1 or 2.
  • Especially preferred is a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
  • R2 is H;
  • R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; C1-C7 cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl. R4 is particularly methyl; ethyl; butyl; isopropyl; t-butyl; or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl; —CH2-cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH2-phenyl;
    R5 is —C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C1-C4alkyl-C(O)-pheny or aryl. R5 is particularly phenylethyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH2-phenyl; —CH2—C(O)-phenyl or (CF3O)phenylethyl;
  • R6, R′6, R7 and R′7 are H;
  • U has the structure of formula III wherein
    wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
  • X is N; V is O or H2; W is —N;
  • n is 1; and
    m is 1 or 2.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R5 is H;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O; Rc is H;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly tetrazolyl, 1, 2,3-triazole, pyrazole, oxazole, pyrrolyl, triazine, pyrimidine, imidazol, oxadiazol; and and D is C1 alkyl which may optionally be substituted with halo, especially F.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; C1-C7 cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl. R4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH2-phenyl;
  • R5 is H;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N;
  • R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; or R6 is —C(O)—C1-C4alkyl-phenyl and R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
  • n is O; Rc is H;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly triazine, pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2,4-difluorophenyl, Cl-phenyl or fluorophenyl; and D is N(Rh), where Rh is H, Me, —CHO, —SO2, —C(O), —CHOH, —CF3 or —SO2CH3.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; C1-C7cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl. R4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH2-phenyl;
  • R5 is H;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O; Rc is H;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2-methyloxazole; and D is —O—.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R5 is H;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O; Rc is H;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het; and D is S, S(O), or S(O)2.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
  • R5 is H;
  • U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O; Rc is H;
  • Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly oxazole, thaizole and ozadiazole;
    and D is C(O), or 1,3-dioxolane.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is H or phenyl C1-C10alkyl such as phenylethyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O;
  • Rc and Rd are a heterocyclic ring, particularly pyrrolidine; pyrrolidin-2-one; or pyrrolidin-3-one.
  • Another embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; Q is O; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O;
  • Re is C1 alkyl; and
    p and q are 0.
  • A further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; Q is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O;
  • Re is C1 alkyl; and
    Rg is H C1-C8 alkyl, methyl, ethyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl; or CH2CF3; or aryl-C1-C4 alkyl particularly phenylethyl, furanylethyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl particularly cyclohexyl; ethylphenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4alkyl; —C1-C4alkyl-aryl particularly —CH2-phenyl; —CH2-thiophene, —CH2-furan, —CH2-pyrrolidinyl, —CH2-imidazole, —CH2-triazole, —CH2-imidazole;
    and Rf is C1-C2 alkyl; C1-C2alkylphenyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4alkyl particularly O-ethyl; phenyl-phenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronapthalene and indanyl.
  • A further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; Q is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O;
  • Re is C1 alkyl; and
    Rg and Rf form a ring selected from het or aryl particularly 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine; 1,2,3,4 tetrahydroquinoline; indanyl which may be substituted with C1-C4alkylphenyl
  • A further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is phenyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; Q is O, S, S(O) or S(O)2; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O;
  • Re is C1 alkyl;
    q is 0;
  • Rc is H;
  • and Rf is C2 alkyl.
  • A further embodiment is directed to a compound of formula (I) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is phenyl;
    U has the structure of formula II wherein
  • X is N; Q is N; R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; n is O; Re is CH;
  • q is 0;
  • Rc is H;
  • and Rf is OC1 alkyl.
  • In a particularly important embodiment of the present invention, R3 and R4 have the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV, with the definitions of the variable substituents and preferences described herein above also applying to compounds having the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV.
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00009
  • Especially preferred is a compound with the stereochemistry of formula (IV) wherein
  • R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
    R2 is H, methyl, ethyl, or substituted methyl especially chloromethyl, dichloromethyl and trifluoromethyl; preferably R2 is H or unsubstituted methyl;
    R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
    R5 is —C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl, particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl, indanyl, naphthyl; and
    R6 and R7 are H or methyl.
  • The preferred stereochemistry for U is as shown in Figure V
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00010
  • In a particular embodiment of the present invention, one or both of R6, R7, R6′, and R7′ is H. If one of R6, R7, R6′, and R7′ is other than H, it is especially hydroxyl or phenoxy.
  • Synthetic Procedure ABBREVIATIONS
    • CH2Cl2 methylene chloride
    • CH3CN acetonitrile
    • DIBAL diisobutylaluminium hydride
    • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
    • DME ethylene glycol dimethyl ether
    • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
    • DTBB 4,4′-di-tert-butylbiphenyl
    • EtOAc ethyl acetate
    • HBTU O-benzyltriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
    • HOBt 1-hydroxhbenzotriazole
    • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
    • KOTMS potassium trimethysilanoate.
    • MeOH methanol
    • MgSO4 magnesium sulfate
    • MnO2 manganese dioxide
    • Na2CO3 sodium carbonate
    • NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate
    • NaOH sodium hydroxide
    • Tetrakis tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
    • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as depicted below in scheme 1 (for compound #9-25, 29-31):
  • General synthesis scheme for compounds of formula I where W═N and X and X′ are independently selected from the subsituents defined above for R6:
  • KOTMS is defined as potassium trimethysilanoate.
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00011
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00012
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00013
  • Step A: This step involves the formation of an aziridine ring via standard base mediated conditions.
  • Step B: This step involves the formation of a secondary amine via the reaction of an alkyl bromide with excess amine in the presence of a base.
  • Step C: This step involves the coupling of a secondary amine with an activated derivative of the aziridine methyl ester to form an amide substituted aziridine.
  • Step D: This step involves the intramolecular cycloaddition of the aziridine to the tethered alkene through a thermally accessible azomethine ylide intermediate.
  • Step E: This step involves the reduction of the amide to an amine via standard reduction conditions employing DIBAL-H.
  • Step F: This step involves the removal of the benzylic protecting group using standard palladium conditions under a hydrogen atmosphere.
  • Step G: This step involves coupling of the scaffold with a t-Boc protected natural or unnatural amino acid using standard peptide coupling conditions followed by the removal of the t-Boc group with TFA.
  • Step H: This step involves the coupling of the amine generated in the preceding step with a t-Boc protected or tertiary natural or unnatural amino acid using standard peptide coupling conditions followed by the removal of the t-Boc group with TFA if applicable. The product is then purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
  • The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as depicted below in scheme 2 (for compound #26-28):
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00014
  • The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as depicted below in scheme 3 (for compound #32-33):
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00015
  • The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as depicted below in scheme 4 (for compound #34-35):
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00016
  • Compounds 36-38 can be prepared analogously to the preparation of compounds 34-35 according to Scheme 4.
  • As discussed above, the compounds of the present invention are useful for treating proliferative diseases. Thus, the present invention further relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a mammal, preferably a human, in need of such treatment.
  • A proliferative disease is mainly a tumor disease (or cancer) (and/or any metastases). The inventive compounds are particularly useful for treating a tumor which is a breast cancer, genitourinary cancer, lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, epidermoid cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, pancreas cancer, neuroblastoma, head and/or neck cancer or bladder cancer, or in a broader sense renal, brain or gastric cancer; in particular (i) a breast tumor; an epidermoid tumor, such as an epidermoid head and/or neck tumor or a mouth tumor; a lung tumor, for example a small cell or non-small cell lung tumor; a gastrointestinal tumor, for example, a colorectal tumor; or a genitourinary tumor, for example, a prostate tumor (especially a hormone-refractory prostate tumor); or (ii) a proliferative disease that is refractory to the treatment with other chemotherapeutics; or (iii) a tumor that is refractory to treatment with other chemotherapeutics due to multidrug resistance.
  • In a broader sense of the invention, a proliferative disease may furthermore be a hyperproliferative condition such as leukemias, hyperplasias, fibrosis (especially pulmonary, but also other types of fibrosis, such as renal fibrosis), angiogenesis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis and smooth muscle proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • Where a tumor, a tumor disease, a carcinoma or a cancer are mentioned, also metastasis in the original organ or tissue and/or in any other location are implied alternatively or in addition, whatever the location of the tumor and/or metastasis.
  • The inventive compound is selectively toxic or more toxic to rapidly proliferating cells than to normal cells, particularly in human cancer cells, e.g., cancerous tumors, the compound has significant antiproliferative effects and promotes differentiation, e.g., cell cycle arrest and apoptosis.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with other anticancer agents, such as compounds that inhibit tumor angiogenesis, for example, the protease inhibitors, epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors, vascular endothelial growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors and the like; cytotoxic drugs, such as antimetabolites, like purine and pyrimidine analog antimetabolites; antimitotic agents like microtubule stabilizing drugs and antimitotic alkaloids; platinum coordination complexes; anti-tumor antibiotics; alkylating agents, such as nitrogen mustards and nitrosoureas; endocrine agents, such as adrenocorticosteroids, androgens, anti-androgens, estrogens, anti-estrogens, aromatase inhibitors, gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists and somatostatin analogues and compounds that target an enzyme or receptor that is overexpressed and/or otherwise involved a specific metabolic pathway that is upregulated in the tumor cell, for example ATP and GTP phosphodiesterase inhibitors, histone deacetylase inhibitors, protein kinase inhibitors, such as serine, threonine and tyrosine kinase inhibitors, for example, Abelson protein tryosine kinase and the various growth factors, their receptors and kinase inhibitors therefore, such as, epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors, vascular endothelial growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors, fibroblast growth factor inhibitors, insulin-like growth factor receptor inhibitors and platelet-derived growth factor receptor kinase inhibitors and the like; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors, proteasome inhibitors, and cyclooxygenase inhibitors, for example, cyclooxygenase-1 or -2 inhibitors.
  • The present invention further relates to a method of promoting apoptosis in rapidly proliferating cells, which comprises contacting the rapidly proliferating cells with an effective apoptosis promoting amount of a non-naturally-occurring compound that binds to the Smac binding site of XIAP and/or cIAP proteins. Preferably, the non-naturally-occurring compound a compound of present formula I or IV.
  • The present invention further relates to a method of treating or inhibiting myeloma, especially multiple myeloma. The term “myeloma” as used herein relates to a tumor composed of cells of the type normally found in the bone marrow. The term “multiple myeloma” as used herein means a disseminated malignant neoplasm of plasma cells which is characterized by multiple bone marrow tumor foci and secretion of an M component (a monoclonal immunoglobulin fragment), associated with widespread osteolytic lesions resulting in bone pain, pathologic fractures, hypercalcaemia and normochromic normocytic anaemia. Multiple myeloma is incurable by the use of conventional and high dose chemotherapies. The invention relates to a method of treating myeloma, especially myeloma which is resistant to conventional chemotherapy.
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • The invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula I, to their use in the therapeutic (in a broader aspect of the invention also prophylactic) treatment or a method of treatment of a kinase dependent disease, especially the preferred diseases mentioned above, to the compounds for said use and to pharmaceutical preparations and their manufacture, especially for said uses.
  • The present invention also relates to pro-drugs of a compound of formula I that convert in vivo to the compound of formula I as such. Any reference to a compound of formula I is therefore to be understood as referring also to the corresponding pro-drugs of the compound of formula I, as appropriate and expedient.
  • The pharmacologically acceptable compounds of the present invention may be present in or employed, for example, for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an effective amount of a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as active ingredient together or in admixture with one or more inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (carrier materials).
  • The invention relates also to a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for administration to a warm-blooded animal, especially a human (or to cells or cell lines derived from a warm-blooded animal, especially a human, e.g. lymphocytes), for the treatment of (this, in a broader aspect of the invention, also includes the prevention of (=prophylaxis against)) a disease that responds to inhibition of protein kinase activity, comprising an amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, preferably which is effective for said inhibition, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are those for enteral, such as nasal, rectal or oral, or parenteral, such as intramuscular or intravenous, administration to warm-blooded animals (especially a human), that comprise an effective dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient, alone or together with a significant amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dose of the active ingredient depends on the species of warm-blooded animal, the body weight, the age and the individual condition, individual pharmacokinetic data, the disease to be treated and the mode of administration.
  • The invention relates also to a method of treatment for a disease that responds to inhibition of a protein kinase and/or a proliferative disease, which comprises administering a (against the mentioned diseases) prophylactically or especially therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I according to the invention, or a tautomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, that, on account of one of the mentioned diseases, requires such treatment.
  • The dose of a compound of the formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to be administered to warm-blooded animals, for example humans of approximately 70 kg body weight, preferably is from approximately 3 mg to approximately 10 g, more preferably from approximately 10 mg to approximately 1.5 g, most preferably from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg/person/day, divided preferably into 1-3 single doses which may, for example, be of the same size. Usually, children receive half of the adult dose.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95%, preferably from approximately 20% to approximately 90%, active ingredient. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be, for example, in unit dose form, such as in the form of ampoules, vials, suppositories, dragées, tablets or capsules.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving, lyophilizing, mixing, granulating or confectioning processes.
  • Combinations
  • A compound of the formula I may also be used to advantage in combination with other antiproliferative agents. Such antiproliferative agents include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active agents; alkylating agents; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms; telomerase inhibitors; proteasome inhibitors; agents used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Flt-3; Hsp90 inhibitors; temozolomide (TEMODAL®); and leucovorin.
  • The term “aromatase inhibitor” as used herein relates to a compound which inhibits the estrogen production, i.e. the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively. The term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethimide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole. Exemestane can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark AROMASIN. Formestane can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark LENTARON. Fadrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark AFEMA. Anastrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ARIMIDEX. Letrozole can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FEMARA or FEMAR. Aminoglutethimide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ORIMETEN. A combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an aromatase inhibitor is particularly useful for the treatment of hormone receptor positive tumors, e.g. breast tumors.
  • The term “antiestrogen” as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level. The term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride. Tamoxifen can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark NOLVADEX. Raloxifene hydrochloride can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark EVISTA. Fulvestrant can be formulated as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,659,516 or it can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FASLODEX. A combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an antiestrogen is particularly useful for the treatment of estrogen receptor positive tumors, e.g. breast tumors.
  • The term “anti-androgen” as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (CASODEX), which can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,636,505.
  • The term “gonadorelin agonist” as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. Goserelin is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,100,274 and can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZOLADEX. Abarelix can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,901.
  • The term “topoisomerase I inhibitor” as used herein includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148 (compound A1 in WO99/17804). Irinotecan can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CAMPTOSAR. Topotecan can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HYCAMTIN.
  • The term “topoisomerase II inhibitor” as used herein includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide. Etoposide can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ETOPOPHOS. Teniposide can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark VM 26-BRISTOL. Doxorubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ADRIBLASTIN or ADRIAMYCIN. Epirubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FARMORUBICIN. Idarubicin can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZAVEDOS. Mitoxantrone can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark NOVANTRON.
  • The term “microtubule active agent” relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing agents and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, e.g. paclitaxel and docetaxel, vinca alkaloids, e.g., vinblastine, especially vinblastine sulfate, vincristine especially vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine, discodermolides, cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof, e.g. epothilone B or D or derivatives thereof. Paclitaxel may be administered e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. TAXOL. Docetaxel can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark TAXOTERE. Vinblastine sulfate can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark VINBLASTIN R.P. Vincristine sulfate can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FARMISTIN. Discodermolide can be obtained, e.g., as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,099. Also included are Epothilone derivatives which are disclosed in WO 98/10121, U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,181, WO 98/25929, WO 98/08849, WO 99/43653, WO 98/22461 and WO 00/31247. Especially preferred are Epothilone A and/or B.
  • The term “alkylating agent” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel). Cyclophosphamide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CYCLOSTIN. Ifosfamide can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HOLOXAN.
  • The term “histone deacetylase inhibitors” or “HDAC inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes compounds disclosed in WO 02/22577, especially N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[(2-hydroxyethyl)[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. It further especially includes Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
  • The term “antineoplastic antimetabolite” includes, but is not limited to, 5-Fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating agents, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed. Capecitabine can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark XELODA. Gemcitabine can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark GEMZAR. Also included is the monoclonal antibody trastuzumab which can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark HERCEPTIN.
  • The term “platin compound” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin. Carboplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CARBOPLAT. Oxaliplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ELOXATIN.
  • The term “compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds” as used herein includes, but is not limited to: protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, e.g.:
  • a) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the fibroblast growth factor-receptors (FGF-Rs);
    b) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the insulin-like growth factor receptor I (IGF-IR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of IGF-IR, especially compounds which inhibit the IGF-IR receptor, such as those compounds disclosed in WO 02/092599;
    c) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Trk receptor tyrosine kinase family;
    d) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Axl receptor tyrosine kinase family;
    e) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Met receptor;
    f) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the protein kinase C (PKC) and Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK and Ras/MAPK family members, or PI(3) kinase family, or of the PI(3)-kinase-related kinase family, and/or members of the cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK) and are especially those staurosporine derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,330, e.g. midostaurin; examples of further compounds include e.g. UCN-01, safingol, BAY 43-9006, Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; Ilmofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; Isis 3521; LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds such as those disclosed in WO 00/09495; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P13K inhibitor);
    g) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of a protein-tyrosine kinase, such as imatinib mesylate (GLIVEC/GLEEVEC) or tyrphostin. A tyrphostin is preferably a low molecular weight (Mr<1500) compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound selected from the benzylidenemalonitrile class or the S-arylbenzenemalonirile or bisubstrate quinoline class of compounds, more especially any compound selected from the group consisting of Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer; Tyrphostin AG 555; AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin (4-{[(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino}-benzoic acid adamantyl ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin); and
    h) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of receptor tyrosine kinases (EGF-R, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or heterodimers), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the epidermal growth factor receptor family are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase family, e.g. EGF receptor, ErbB2, ErbB3 and ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, and are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies generically and specifically disclosed in WO 97/02266, e.g. the compound of ex. 39, or in EP 0 564 409, WO 99/03854, EP 0520722, EP 0 566 226, EP 0 787 722, EP 0 837 063, U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,498, WO 98/10767, WO 97/30034, WO 97/49688, WO 97/38983 and, especially, WO 96/30347 (e.g. compound known as CP 358774), WO 96/33980 (e.g. compound ZD 1839) and WO 95/03283 (e.g. compound ZM105180); e.g. trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN), cetuximab, Iressa, Tarceva, CI-1033, EKB-569, GW-2016, E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives which are disclosed in WO 03/013541.
  • Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (THALOMID) and TNP-470.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase are e.g. inhibitors of phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, PTEN or CDC25, e.g. okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
  • Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes are e.g. retinoic acid, α- γ- or δ-tocopherol or α- γ- or δ-tocotrienol.
  • The term “cyclooxygenase inhibitor” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, e.g. Cox-2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • The term “mTOR inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everolimus (Certican™), CCI-779 and ABT578.
  • The term “bisphosphonates” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid. “Etridonic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark DIDRONEL. “Clodronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark BONEFOS. “Tiludronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark SKELID. “Pamidronic acid” can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark AREDIA™. “Alendronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark FOSAMAX. “Ibandronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark BONDRANAT. “Risedronic acid” can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ACTONEL. “Zoledronic acid” can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark ZOMETA.
  • The term “heparanase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulphate degradation. The term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88.
  • The term “biological response modifier” as used herein refers to a lymphokine or interferons, e.g. interferon γ.
  • The term “inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms”, e.g. H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras e.g. a “farnesyl transferase inhibitor”, e.g. L-744832, DK8G557 or R115777 (Zarnestra).
  • The term “telomerase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, e.g. telomestatin.
  • The term “methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase are e.g. bengamide or a derivative thereof.
  • The term “proteasome inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include e.g. PS-341 and MLN 341.
  • The term “matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor” or (“MMP inhibitor”) as used herein includes, but is not limited to collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251, BAY 12-9566, TAA211, MMI270B or AAJ996.
  • The term “agents used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies” as used herein includes, but is not limited to FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors e.g. compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of Flt-3; interferon, 1-b-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors e.g. compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
  • The term “compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Flt-3” are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit Flt-3, e.g. PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU11248 and MLN518.
  • The term “HSP90 inhibitors” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteasome pathway. Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90 e.g., 17-allylamino, 17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors.
  • The term “antiproliferative antibodies” as used herein includes, but is not limited to trastuzumab (Herceptin™), Trastuzumab-DM1, erlotinib (Tarceva™), bevacizumab (Avastin™), rituximab (Rituxan®), PRO64553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody. By antibodies is meant e.g. intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed from at least 2 intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • For the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), compounds of formula I can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML. In particular, compounds of formula I can be administered in combination with e.g. farnesyl transferase inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16, Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum and PKC412.
  • The structure of the active agents identified by code nos., generic or trade names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium “The Merck Index” or from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications).
  • The above-mentioned compounds, which can be used in combination with a compound of the formula I, can be prepared and administered as described in the art such as in the documents cited above.
  • A compound of the formula I may also be used to advantage in combination with known therapeutic processes, e.g., the administration of hormones or especially radiation.
  • A compound of formula I may in particular be used as a radiosensitizer, especially for the treatment of tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
  • By “combination”, there is meant either a fixed combination in one dosage unit form, or a kit of parts for the combined administration where a compound of the formula I and a combination partner may be administered independently at the same time or separately within time intervals that especially allow that the combination partners show a cooperative, e.g. synergistic, effect, or any combination thereof.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are intended to illustrate, but not further limit, the invention.
  • Example 1 N-[1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide (9);
  • Compound 9 according to Formula I is prepared according to the procedure set forth in Scheme 5.
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00017
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00018
  • 1-(1-Naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-aziridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1). To a solution of (S)-(−)-1-(1-naphthyl)ethylamine (20.8 g, 120 mmol) in acetonitrile (HPLC grade, 600 mL) is added K2CO3 (52.7 g, 360 mmol) and methyl 2,3-dibromopropionate (30 g, 120 mmol). The solution is stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution is evaporated to dryness, then H2O/EtOAc (1:1) (600 mL) is added, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4×100 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:2) to provide 24 g (78%) of the title compound as a mixture of two diastereomers in an equimolecular ratio. M+H+=256.10.
  • But-3-enyl-phenethyl-amine (2). To a solution of 2-phenylethylamine (72 mL, 570 mmol) is added K2CO3 (82 g, 570 mmol) and 4-bromo-1-butene (25 g, 185 mmol). The solution is stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution is evaporated to dryness and H2O/EtOAc (1:1) (600 mL) is added. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4×150 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:8) to provide 20 g (62%) of the title compound. M+H+=176.10.
  • 1-(1-Naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-aziridine-2-carboxylic acid but-3-enyl-phenethyl-amide (3). To a solution of 1 (12.6 g, 49.75 mmol) in THF (200 mL) is added KOTMS (6.38 g, 49.75 mmol). The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Trimethylacetyl chloride (5.94 g, 49.25 mmol) is added slowly and the mixture is warmed to room temperature over 2 hours. The mixture is cooled to −78° C., 2 (8.63 g, 49.25 mmol) is added and stirring continued at −78° C. for 1.5 h. Saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) is added and the mixture is allowed to warm to rt. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4×100 mL) and the organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:8) to provide 15 g (76%) of the title compound as a mixture of two diastereomers in an equimolecular ratio. M+H+=399.37.
  • 1-(1-Naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-one (4). A solution of 3 (15 g, 58.7 mmol) in o-dichlorobenzene (100 mL) is heated at 250° C. for 1200 s in a microwave reactor. The mixture is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:1; second spot) to provide 5 g (33%) of the title compound as an enantiomerically pure compound. M+H+=399.32.
  • 1-(1-Naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (5). To a solution of 4 (4.8 g, 12 mmol) in THF (100 mL) is added slowly 1 M DIBAL in toluene, (50 mL, 50 mmol) at −78° C. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and quenched with 20 mL of water. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is diluted with 100 mL of 1:1 saturated Rochells salt/15% NaOH, and this extracted with EtOAc (4×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:9) to provide 2.3 g (48%) of the title compound. M+H+=385.26.
  • 6-Phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (6). To a solution of 5 (2.3 g, 6 mmol) in MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1:1; 200 mL) is added Pd(OH)2 (300 mg). The mixture is agitated under 50 psi. hydrogen atmosphere for 10 h. The mixture is filtered through a celite pad, the filtrate is concentrated and the residue is used directly in the next step without further purification. M+H+=231.17.
  • Compound (7). To a solution of 6 in dichloromethane (25 mL) is added sequentially diisopropylethylamine (4.17 mL, 24 mmol), t-Boc-L-cyclohexylglycine (1.54 g, 6 mmol), and a solution of 0.45 M HOBt/HBTU in DMF (16 mL, 7.19 mmol). The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature, then diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with 1 M aq. citric acid (50 mL), water (50 mL), aq. Sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and brine (2×50 mL). The organic layer is dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 1:9) to provide a yellow oil. The yellow oil is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.75 g (79% two steps) of the title compound which is used in next step without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound (9). To a solution of 7 (1.75 g, 4.74 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) is added sequentially diisopropylethylamine (3.30 mL, 19 mmol), t-Boc-N-methyl-L-alanine (0.97 g, 4.74 mmol), and a solution of 0.45 M HOBt/HBTU in DMF (13 mL, 5.691 mmol). The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with 1 M citric acid (50 mL), water (50 mL), aq. Sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and brine (2×50 mL). The organic layer is dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by HPLC (C-18 silica gel, 20% CH3CN/H2O in 0.5% TFA) to provide 1 g (36% two steps) of the title compound as TFA salt. M+H+=455.39.
  • Example 2 (S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(2S,3R)-2-[(ethyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide (23)
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00019
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00020
  • But-3-enyl-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amine (A): To a solution of S-(−)-1-phenyl ethylamine (15.75 g, 130 mmol) in 150 mL of DMF at 0° C. is added K2CO3 (53.9 g, 390 mmol) in small portions. After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, 4-bromobutene (13.5 g, 100 mmol) is added dropwise and followed by NaI (58.5 g, 390 mmol) in small portions. The reaction mixture, a white suspension, is heated to 95° C. and stirred overnight/16 hrs. The solution is cooled to RT and diluted with 200 mL of ether, and washed with 3×100 ml of water. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product is purified by distillation (65˜70° C. under high vacuum) to yield a colorless liquid (13.5 g, 76.7%). (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-28-23).
  • [But-3-enyl-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-acetic acid ethyl ester (B): To a solution of But-3-enyl-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amine (6.37 g, 36.4 mmol) in 150 mL of DMF at 0° C. is added K2CO3 (10.0 g, 72.8 mmol) in small portions. After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, ethylbromoacetate (8.35 g, 54.6 mmol) is added slowly. The reaction mixture, a white suspension, is stirred at r.t. overnight/16 hrs. The solution is diluted with 200 mL of ether, and washed with 3×100 ml of water. The crude product is purified by chromatography (hexane/CH2Cl2: 50/50) to give a pale liquid (8.5 g, 94.5%). (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-58).
  • (2S,3R)-3-But-3-enyl-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (C): To a solution of diisopropylamine (3.6 g, 35.7 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at −40° C. is added BuLi (14.28 mL, 35.7 mmol, 2.5 M in hexane) slowly. The solution is warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 30 min to form an LDA solution. The LDA solution is cooled to −70° C. and added to a solution of [But-3-enyl-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amino]-acetic acid ethyl ester (7.8 g, 29.8 mmol) in THF (80 mL) slowly at −70° C. The light yellowish reaction solution is stirred at −20° C. for 30 min to become a deep yellow solution, and then cooled to −70° C. To the solution is added **ZnBr2** (16.76 g, 74.5 mmol) in ether (50 mL) dropwise at −70° C. After stirring at RT for 1.5 hrs, the reaction solution is cooled to 0° C. and added a solution of CuCN (3.47 g, 38.74 mmol) and LiCl (3.29 g, 77.48 mmol) in THF (80 mL) slowly. After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, allyl bromide (7.26 g, 60 mmol) is added dropwise to the reaction solution, and warmed very slowly to r.t. After stirring overnight at r.t., the reaction is quenched by addition of 60 mL of saturated NH4Cl and extracted with 3×150 mL of ether. The combined organic layers is concentrated. The crude product is purified by chromatography (hexane/EtOAc:85/15) to give a colorless liquid (7.4 g, 82.6%). (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-40-19, U-4117-34-35). **ZnBr2** is dried at 150° C. under high vacuum for 1 hour before used**
  • (2S,3R)-1-((2E,4Z)-(S)-1,2-Dimethyl-hexa-2,4-dienyl)-3-(3-oxo-propyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (D): (2S,3R)-3-But-3-enyl-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 3.32 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) with HCl (0.5 mL, 37%), and cooled to −70° C. Ozone gas is bubbled though the solution for about 10 min or until the solution is turned very light blue color. The nitrogen gas is bubbled though the solution for 15 min to remove excess ozone in the solution. To the cool solution is added Zn dust (0.43 g. 6.6 mmol) and HCl (0.5 mL, 37%), and stirred at r.t. for 20 min. After filtration the solution is diluted with 50 mL of CH2Cl2 and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (10 mL) and 2×20 ml of water. After dried and concentrated, a colorless liquid (1.0 g) is obtained without further purification for next step reaction. (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-51-30).
  • (2S,3R)-3-(3-Phenethylamino-propyl)-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (E): To a solution of (2S,3R)-1-((2E,4Z)-(S)-1,2-Dimethyl-hexa-2,4-dienyl)-3-(3-oxo-propyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1 g, crude) in EtOH (10 mL) is added phenethylamine (0.44 g, 3.65 mmol) at r.t. After stirring at r.t. for 30 min, NaBH3CN (0.3 g, 4.87 mmol) is added in one portion, After stirring at r.t. for 1.5 Hrs, the reaction solution is diluted with 50 mL of ether and washed with 20 mL of brine. The ether layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH: 97/3) to give a pale liquid (405 mg, 30.0%). (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-52-20).
  • (3aS,7aS)-6-Phenethyl-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-one (F): (2S,3R)-3-(3-Phenethylamino-propyl)-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (340 mg, 0.83 mmol) is dissolved in 20 mL of MeOH/KOH/H2O (10 mL/5 g/5 mL). After stirring at 80° C. for 2 hrs, the solution is cooled to 0° C. and neutralized by addition of HCl (37%) to pH=5. After concentration the crude product is dissolved in 1 mL of CH2Cl2, and filtered through a short silica gel plug and eluted with CH2Cl2/MeOH (93/7) to give a pale glassy solid (250 mg, 78.9%) as the acid. (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-60-22):
  • To a solution (0.05˜0.1 M) of acid (1 equivalent) in DMF at r.t. is added diisopropylethylamine (5 equivalents). After stirring at r.t. for 20 min, a solution (0.05˜0.1 M) of HOBT (1.2 equivalents) and HBTU (1.2 equivalents) in DMF is added to the reaction mixture, and continued to be stirred for 1.5 h (or monitored by TLC). The reaction solution is diluted with ether (1×5˜10 times by volume of the solution), and washed with water (twice ×3 by volume of the solution). The combined organic solution is concentrated. The crude product is diluted with CH2Cl2 and dried over Na2SO4, and purified by chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH:97/3) to give pure product (70˜95% yield).
  • (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-102).
  • Procedure for Compound F:
  • A solution of (2S,3R)-3-(2-Phenethylamino-ethyl)-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-2 carboxylic acid methyl ester (400 mg, 1.05 mmol) and 2-hydroxyl pyridine (100 mg, 1.05 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is stirred at 40° C. for 24 hrs. The reaction is diluted with 50 mL of ether and washed with 2×120 mL of water. After dried and concentrated to give a pale liquid (350 mg, LC/MS shown a clean product only.) without further purification for next step reaction.
  • (3aR,8aS)-7-Phenethyl-1-((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-decahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]a zepine (G): To a solution (0.02M) of lactam (1 equivalent) in THF at −20° C. is added a solution (0.02M) of LiAlH4 (2 equivalent) in THF slowly. After stirring at r.t. for 1.5 hrs, the solution is diluted with ether (1×5 times by volume of the solution) and washed with water (twice 2 times by volume of the solution), dried and concentrated. The crude product is purified by Chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH:97/3) to give product (yield 70˜90%).
  • (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-104).
  • (3aR,8aS)-7-Phenethyl-decahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepine (H): A solution/suspension of reactant (<1 g) and Pd 10% on carbon (20% by weight) in MeOH (10 mL, with 2 drops of acetic acid) in a 1000 ml round flask is vigorously stirred at r.t. under hydrogen gas (at atmosphere pressure) from a balloon for 4˜8 hrs. After degassed by house vacuum for 10 min, the reaction mixture is filtered to remove catalyst and concentrated. The crude product is diluted with CH2Cl2/H2O (8/2, reasonable amount) and neutralized with 10% NH4OH to pH=7˜8. After dried and concentrated to give product (80%˜quantitative yield) without purification for the next step reaction.
  • (NMR and MS data confirmed, U-4117-105).
  • (S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(2S,3R)-2-[(ethyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide (compound 23): Prepared from compound H following the procedures established in Scheme 5.
  • Example 3
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00021
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00022
  • Diphenethylamine (D). To a solution of phenylacetaldehyde (6.0 g, 50 mmol) and 2-phenylethylamine in THF (200 mL) is added sodium triacetoxy-borohydride drop wise. The solution is stirred under nitrogen overnight at room temperature. The solution is quenched with aq. saturated sodium bicarbonate (200 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (4×100 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; EtOAc/MeOH 9:1) to provide 1.25 g (11%) of the compound D as a clear oil. M+H+=226.10.
  • Diphenethyl-(S)-1-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-amine (E). To a solution of (S)-2-Formyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.0 g, 5.0 mmol) and D (1.125 g, 5.0 mmol) in THF (40 mL) is added sodium triacetoxyborohydride drop wise. The solution is stirred under nitrogen overnight at room temperature. The solution is quenched with aq. saturated sodium bicarbonate (40 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 4:1) to provide a yellow oil. The yellow oil is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.04 g (68% two steps) of the title compound E which is used in the next step without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound (F). To a solution of t-Boc-L-cyclohexylglycine (0.868 g, 3.38 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added diisopropylethylamine (1.83 mL, 16.9 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. Then a solution of E, HOBt (516 mg, 3.82 mmol) and HBTU (1.448 g, 3.82 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted by ether (200 mL) and washed sequentially with aq. 1M citric acid (50 mL), water (50 mL), satd. aq. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and brine (2×50 mL). The organic extract is dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; Hexane/EtOAc 2:3) to provide a yellow oil. The yellow oil is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), TFA (10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum to provide 780 mg (52% two steps) of the title compound F which is used in the next step without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound 26. To a solution of t-Boc-N-methyl-L-alanine (354 mg, 1.75 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added diisopropylethylamine (0.938 mL, 8.75 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. Then a solution of F, HOBt (267 mg, 1.98 mmol) and HBTU (751 mg, 1.98 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred for 3 h at room temperature, and then diluted by ether (200 mL) and washed sequentially with 1 M citric acid (50 mL), water (50 mL), satd. aq. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and brine (2×50 mL). The organic extract is dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL) and TFA (10 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h and concentrated. The resulting residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The solution is extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic extracts are combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. Portion of the residue is purified by HPLC (C-18 silica gel, 30% CH3CN/H2O in 0.5% TFA) to provide 120 mg of compound 26 as TFA salt. M+H+=533.47.
  • Example 4
  • Compound 32 is prepared as follows:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00023
  • Compound I. Compounds G (122 mg, 1 mmole) and H (226 mg, 1 mmole) are dissolved in 5 mL DME. To this a mixture of 1 mL 2 N aq. Na2CO3 and 50 mg Tetrakis is added. The resulting mixture is degassed for 5 minutes, stirred at 90° C. for 6 h, cooled down to room temperature, and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane) to provide I as an amber oil (204 mg, 90%). The crude product is used directly in next reaction without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound J. LAH (38 mg) is added to a solution of I (226 mg, 1 mmole) in 5 mL THF 0° C. The temperature of the mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and further stirred overnight. The reaction is quenched by following the Fisher method, filtered and concentrated to provide J as a colorless oil (183 mg, 92%) and is used directly in next reaction without further purification or characterization.
  • Compound K. The suspension of compound J (198 mg, 1 mmole) and MnO2 (870 mg, 10 mmole) in 15 mL chloroform is stirred overnight. Filtering and concentration yielded product K as a colorless oil (192 mg, 98%).
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 9.96 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 2H), 7.15-7.35 (m, 5H), 4.07 (s, 2H)
  • Compound L. A mixture of 3-chloropropylamine hydrochloride (140 mg, 1.1 mmol), aldehyde K (196 mg, 1.0 mmol), and sodium carbonate (212 mg, 2 mmol) in water (10 mL) is stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution is extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), separated, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated in vacuum (15 Torr) to give an essentially pure oily residue (270 mg) which is used for the next reaction without further purification. (M+H+ 272, calc. 272)
  • Compound M. Imine L (271 mg, 1 mmol) is added to a blue suspension of lithium powder (75 mg, 10 mmol) and a catalytic amount of DTBB (30 mg, 0.10 mmol; 5% molar) in THF (5 mL) at −78° C. The resulting mixture is stirred for 2 h at same temperature. Reaction is quenched with water (20 mL) allowing the temperature to rise to 20° C. The resulting solution is purified by successively acid-base extraction with 2 M hydrochloric acid (3×15 mL) and 4 M sodium hydroxide (3×20 mL). The final solution is extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), separated, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give pure compound M, (214 mg, 90%); (M+H+ 238, calc. 238)
  • Compound O. A mixture of compound M (237 mg, 1 mmole), compound N (257 mg, 1 mmole), HBTU (460 mg, 1.2 mmole), HOBT (170 mg, 1.1 mmole), DIPEA (512 mg, 3 mmole) and 5 mL DMF is stirred overnight. The mixture is diluted with ether (25 mL), washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue is treated with 2 mL of CH2Cl2/TFA (1/1), stirred for 2 h, concentrated to provided product 0 as a pale yellow solid (320 mg, 85%); (M+H+ 377, calc. 377).
  • Compound 32. A mixture of compound O (376 mg, 1 mmole), t-Boc-N-methylalanine P (203 mg, 1 mmole), HBTU (460 mg, 1.2 mmole), HOBT (170 mg, 1.1 mmole), DIPEA (512 mg, 3 mmole) and 5 mL DMF is stirred overnight. The mixture is diluted with ether (25 mL), washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue is treated with 2 mL of CH2Cl2/TFA (1/1), stirred for 2 h and concentrated under vacuum. Column chromatography provided compound 32 as a pale yellow solid, (397 mg, 86%). (M+H+ 462, calc. 462).
  • Example 5 (S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-[(S)-2-(indan-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide (34)
  • (S)-2-Methanesulfonyloxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, (P). A flame dried flask charged with (S)-2-Hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1 g, 5 mmol), dichloromethane (DCM) (20 mL) and triethylamine (0.70 mL, 5.2 mmol) is cooled to 0° C. under N2 is added a solution of methanesulfonychloride (0.38 mL, 5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction is stirred for 1 hour. After addition of DCM (100 mL), the reaction mixture is washed with brine, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography on SiO2 (5% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 1.38 g of methanesulfonate ester (P) as a clear colorless oil: LCMS (ES) 280.10 (MH+).
  • (S)-2-(Indan-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, (Q). Sodium hydride (60%) (0.6 g, 14.4 mmol) is added to a flame dried flask charged with indan-2-ol (0.965 g, 7.2 mmol) and N,N′-dimethylformamide (DMF) (20 mL), cooled to 0° C. under N2 and stirred for 30 minutes. A solution of (S)-2-Methanesulfonyloxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (P) (1 g, 3.6 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) is added dropwise to the reaction mixture in such a manner as to maintain 0° C. The reaction is stirred at 60° C. for one hour, cooled to 0° C., quenched with brine, diluted with EtOAc, washed repeatedly with brine (6×), dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography on SiO2 (5% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 0.20 g of indanyl ether (Q) as a clear colorless oil: LCMS (ES) 340.17 (MNa+).
  • (S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-[(S)-2-(indan-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide, (34). ((S)-1-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-[(S)-2-(indan-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (Q) (0.54 g, 1 mmol) is dissolved in DCM (8 mL) and treated with trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL) for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, purified by preparative reverse-phase hplc to give 0.096 g of the methylamine (34) as a clear gum: LCMS (ES) 442.26 (MH+).
  • Example 6
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00024
  • 1-Bromo-3-phenoxy-benzene (A) A mixture of dibromobenzene (3 g, 12.75 mmol), phenol (1 g, 10.6 mmol), copper(I) oxide (152 mgs, 1 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.46 g, 10.6 mmol) in 8 mL of NMP is heated at 195° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave. The heterogeneous mixture is filtered through a bed of Celite and the residue is washed with EtOAc (1×20 mL). The filtrate is diluted with 1N NaOH (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organics were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressures to give crude product as a yellow oil which is purified by column chromatography (100% hexanes) to give 1-bromo-3-phenoxy-benzene as a colorless oil (1.4 g, 53%). LCMS m/z 250 (M+1).
  • 5-(3-Phenoxy-phenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole (B): To a cold solution (−78° C.) of 1-bromo-3-phenoxy-benzene (10.13 g, 40.6 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) and under nitrogen is added n-BuLi (1.6M, 44.7 mmol, 27 mL). The mixture is allowed to stir for 30 minutes before being added to a cold solution (−78° C.) of 1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-pyrrolidionone in anhydrous THF (50 mL) under nitrogen via cannula. The resulting mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature overnight before being quenched with water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organics were collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressures. The residue is dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and TFA (10 mL) is added with stirring. The mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and quenched over ice cold sat. NaHCO3, extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×100 mL) and the organics were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressures. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 5-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole as light yellow oil (6.1 g, 63%). LCMS m/z 238 (M+1).
  • (S)-2-(3-Phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidine (C): To oven dried round bottom flask is added S,S-EBTHITiF2 (100 mgs, 0.3 mmol) and diluted with THF (5 mL). The flask is sealed and purged with argon. To the yellow solution is added phenylsilane (4.6 mL, 37.5 mmol), pyrrolidine (100 uL, 1.1 mmol), and anhydrous methanol (100 uL, 1.1 mmol). The resulting yellow mixture is stirred for 45 minutes until green color persisted. A solution of 5-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole (1.2 g, 5.05 mmol) in THF (2 mL) is added to the catalyst and the mixture is stirred for 8 hrs. The reaction is carefully quenched with 10% HCl (100 mL) until gas evolution subsided and the pH˜2. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the aqueous layer is removed, neutralized with 3M NaOH (50 mL) until basic and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organics were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressures. The solid residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography (100% EtOAc) to give (S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidine as a yellow solid (580 mgs, 48%). LCMS m/z 240.1 (M+1).
  • {(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (D): (S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidine (1.2 g, 5.02 mmol) is added to a solution of Boc-L-α-cyclohexylglycine (1.42 g, 5.2 mmol), HOBt (1.0 g, 7.53 mmol) and HBTU (2.86 g, 7.53 mmol) in 10 mL of DMF. Hunig's base (3.6 MI, 20 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture is diluted with brine (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organics were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressures and purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give {(S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-ethyl}-cabamic acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder (1.65 g, 66%). LCMS m/z 479.2 (M+1).
  • (S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-1-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone (E): To a solution of {(S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) is added TFA (10 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressures to give (S)-2-amino-2-cyclohexyl-1-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone as a TFA salt quantitatively (1.65 g). LCMS m/z 379 (M+1).
  • ((S)-1-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (F): To a solution of Boc-N-methyl-L-alanine (771 mgs, 3.79 mmol), HOBt (700 mgs, 5.17 mmol), and HBTU (2.0 g, 5.17 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added (S)-2-amino-2-cyclohexyl-1-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone and DIPEA (3 mL, 17.25 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and diluted with brine (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organics were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressures and purified by silica gel column chromatography (50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the product ((S) 1-{(S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolodin-1-yl]-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder (1.3 g, 84%). LCMS m/z 564 (M+1).
  • (S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide (45): To a solution of ((S) 1-{(S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolodin-1-yl]-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (450 mgs, 0.79 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) is added TFA (10 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressures and purified by reverse phase column chromatography to give the product as a TFA salt (370 mgs, 82%). LCMS m/z 464.1 (M+1).
  • Example 7
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00025
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00026
  • (S)-2-(1H-Tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (A). To a solution of (S)-2-Cyano-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (500 mg, 2.55 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl-formamide (20 mL) is added sodium azide (174 mg, 2.68 mmol) and ammonium chloride (150 mg, 2.81 mmol). The solution is stirred at 93° C. over night. The solution is poured into 5% citric acid solution with ice, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract is washed with brine, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The crude oil is used directly in the next step without further purification. M+H+=240.
  • (S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (B). To a solution of crude compound A in N,N-dimethyl-formamide (5 mL) is added K2CO3 (1.16 g, 8.4 mmol) and benzyl bromide (665 uL, 5.6 mmol). The solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (Hexanes/EtOAc) to provide 404 mg of the title compound M+H+=330, and 401 mg of the other region isomer (S)-2-(1-Benzyl-1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (C). M+H+=330. Combined yield is 87% for 2 steps.
  • 2-Benzyl-5-(S)-pyrrolidine-2-yl-2H-tetrazole (D). To a solution of compound B in DCM (5 mL) is added triethylsilane (479 uL, 3.0 mmol) and then TFA (5 mL). The solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and dried under vacuum. The crude oil is used directly in the next step without further purification. M+H+=230.
  • {2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (E). To a solution of (S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclohexyl-acetic acid (123.8 mg, 0.48 mmol) in DMA (5 mL) is added HBTU (248.8 mg, 0.656 mmol), HOBt (88.6 mg, 0.656 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (305 uL, 1.75 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. A solution of compound D in DCM (5 mL) is added to the above mixture at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is diluted with EtOAc. The organic is washed with brine, citric acid (5%), brine, NaHCO3(Sat.) and brine. The organic layer is then dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (Hexanes/EtOAc) to provide the title compound 190 mg (92%). M+H+=369.
  • 2-Amino-1-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-cyclohexylethanone; compound with trifluoro-acetic acid (F). To a solution of compound E in DCM (4 mL) is added TFA (4 mL) at 0° C. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and dried under vacuum. The crude oil is used directly in the next step without further purification. M+H+=369.
  • ((S)-1-{2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl}-propyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (G). To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-butyric acid (53.0 mg, 0.24 mmol) in DMA (2 mL) is added HBTU (125.0 mg, 0.33 mmol), HOBt (44.6 mg, 0.33 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (192 uL, 1.1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. A solution of compound F in DCM (2 mL) is added to the above mixture at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is diluted with EtOAc. The organic is washed with brine, citric acid (5%), brine, NaHCO3(Sat.) and brine. The organic layer is then dried and concentrated under vacuum. The crude oil is used directly in the next step without further purification. M+H+=554.
  • (S)—N-{2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide; compound with trifluoro-acetic acid (50). To a solution of compound G in DCM (2 mL) is added TFA (2 mL) at 0° C. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and dried under vacuum. The crude oil is purified by HPLC to provide the title compound. M+H+=467.
  • Example 8
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00027
  • 2-(Benzyloxyimino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (A). To a solution of benzylhydroxylamine (2.64 g, 16.56 mmole) in dry pyridine (20 ml) is added 2-formyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (3.30 g, 16.56 mmole). The solution is stirred for three hours at room temperature. The reaction solution is quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is combined, dried, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; from 50% to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 4.9 g (98%) of the title compound. M+H+-Boc=205.1.
  • Pyrrolidine-2-carbaldehyde-O-benzyl-oxime (B). The solution of 2-(benzyloxyimino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.50 g, 4.92 mmole) and TFA (10 ml) in dichloromethane (10 ml) is stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Solvent is removed. The crude product is carried to next step without further purification. M+H+=205.1
  • {(S)-2-[Benzyloxylimino-methyl-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (C). The solution of boc-L-α-cyclohexylglycine (1.27 g, 4.92 mmole), 1-hydroxylbenzotriazole (0.99 g, 7.38 mmole), diisopropylethylamine (2.54 g, 19.68 mmole), and O-benzotriazole-N,N,N,N-tetramethyl-urounium hexafluorophosphate (2.80 g, 7.38 mmole) in dichloromethane (30 ml) is stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. A solution of pyrrolidine-2-carbaldehyde-O-benzyl-oxime (˜1.00 g, 0.49 mmole) in dichloromethane is added. The reaction solution is stirred for three hours at room temperature and then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous., extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is combined, dried, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; from 20% to 70% of ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 1.81 g (83% over 2 steps) of the title compound. M+H+=444.2
  • 1-((S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidine-2-Carbaldehyde-O-benzyl-oxime (D). The solution of {(S)-2-[benzyloxylimino-methyl-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.76 g, 3.97 mmole) and TFA (10 ml) in dichloromethane (20 ml) is stirred for a hour. Solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is carried to next step without further purification. M+H+=344.2
  • ((S)-1-{(S)-2-[2-(Benzyloxyimino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (E). The solution of Boc-L-α-cyclohexylglycine (0.81 g, 3.87 mmole), 1-hydroxylbenzotriazole (0.81 g, 5.95 mmole), diisopropylethylamine (2.05 g, 15.88 mmole), and O-benzotriazole-N,N,N,N-tetramethyl-urounium hexafluorophosphate (2.35 g, 5.95 mmole) in dichloromethane is stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. A solution of 1-((S)-2-amino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbaldehyde-O-benzyl-oxime (˜1.40 g, 3.97 mmole) in dichloromethane is added. The reaction solution is stirred for three hours at room temperature and then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is combined, dried, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is carried to next step without further purification. M+H+=529.4.
  • (S)—N-{2-[2-(Benzyloxyimino-methyl-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide (8). The solution of ((S)-1-{(S)-2-[2-(benzyloxyimino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (˜2.10 g, 3.97 mmole) and TFA (20 ml) in dichloromethane (40 ml) is stirred for a hour. Solvent is removed under vacuum. 1.36 g of crude product is obtained. The crude product (0.66 g) is purified by HPLC (C18 silica gel, from 10% to 70% of CH3CN/H2O in 0.1% TFA) to provide 0.058 g of the title compound as TFA salt of isomeric mixtures. M+H+=429.4.
  • Examples 9-78
  • The following compounds are prepared by methods analogous to those described herein utilizing analogous starting materials:
  • Compound Structure Example Number
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00028
    Example 9MS ESI 455.34 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00029
    Example 10MS ESI 429.46 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00030
    Example 11MS ESI 429.46 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00031
    Example 12MS ESI 443.46 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00032
    Example 13MS ESI 443.47 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00033
    Example 14MS ESI 443.48 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00034
    Example 15MS ESI 457.27 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00035
    Example 16MS ESI 469.23 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00036
    Example 17MS ESI 415.26 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00037
    Example 18MS ESI 443.19 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00038
    Example 19MS ESI 443.19 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00039
    Example 20MS ESI 535.33 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00040
    Example 21MS ESI 497.33 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00041
    Example 22MS ESI 497.35 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00042
    Example 23MS ESI 469.36 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00043
    Example 24MS ESI 457.6 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00044
    Example 25MS ESI 481.7 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00045
    Example 26MS ESI 533.5 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00046
    Example 27MS ESI 457.43 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00047
    Example 28MS ESI 443.23 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00048
    Example 29MS ESI 442.65 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00049
    Example 30MS ESI 428.62 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00050
    Example 31MS ESI 414.30 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00051
    Example 32MS ESI 462.0 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00052
    Example 33MS ESI 422.1 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00053
    Example 34MS ESI 442.26 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00054
    Example 35MS ESI 430.28 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00055
    Example 36MS ESI 446.6 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00056
    Example 37MS ESI 462.6 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00057
    Example 38MS ESI 478.7 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00058
    Example 39MS ESI 462.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00059
    Example 40MS ESI 462.3 (M + H)
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00060
    Example 41MS ESI 437.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00061
    Example 42MS ESI 477.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00062
    Example 43MS ESI 477.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00063
    Example 44MS ESI 464.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00064
    Example 45MS ESI 464.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00065
    Example 46MS ESI 480.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00066
    Example 47MS ESI 480.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00067
    Example 48MS ESI 512.0 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00068
    Example 49MS ESI 454.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00069
    Example 50MS ESI 468.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00070
    Example 51MS ESI 454.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00071
    Example 52MS ESI 468.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00072
    Example 53MS ESI 439 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00073
    Example 54MS ESI 453 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00074
    Example 55MS ESI 469.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00075
    Example 56MS ESI 523.2 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00076
    Example 57MS ESI 511 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00077
    Example 58MS ESI 485 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00078
    Example 59MS ESI 509 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00079
    Example 60MS ESI 826 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00080
    Example 61MS ESI 471.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00081
    Example 62MS ESI 469.4 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00082
    Example 63MS ESI 415.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00083
    Example 64MS ESI 443.4 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00084
    Example 65MS ESI 429.4 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00085
    Example 66MS ESI 429.4 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00086
    Example 67MS ESI 539.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00087
    Example 68MS ESI 539.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00088
    Example 69MS ESI 455.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00089
    Example 70MS ESI 455.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00090
    Example 71MS ESI 441.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00091
    Example 72MS ESI 469.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00092
    Example 73MS ESI 469.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00093
    Example 74MS ESI 455.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00094
    Example 75MS ESI 455.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00095
    Example 76MS ESI 469.3 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00096
    Example 77MS ESI 512.2 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00097
    Example 78MS ESI 496.3 (M + H)+
  • Additional compounds within the scope of Formula I include:
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00098
    Example 79MS ESI 496 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00099
    Example 80MS ESI 498 (M + H)
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00100
    Example 81MS ESI 476 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00101
    Example 82MS ESI 520 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00102
    Example 83MS ESI 424 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00103
    Example 84MS ESI 424 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00104
    Example 85MS ESI 424 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00105
    Example 86MS ESI 396 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00106
    Example 87MS ESI 410 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00107
    Example 88MS ESI 438 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00108
    Example 89MS ESI 450 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00109
    Example 90MS ESI 464 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00110
    Example 91MS ESI 478 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00111
    Example 92MS ESI 438 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00112
    Example 93MS ESI 472 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00113
    Example 94MS ESI 465 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00114
    Example 95MS ESI 465 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00115
    Example 96MS ESI 465 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00116
    Example 97MS ESI 466 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00117
    Example 98MS ESI 465 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00118
    Example 99MS ESI 529 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00119
    Example 100MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00120
    Example 101MS ESI 409 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00121
    Example 102MS ESI 423 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00122
    Example 103MS ESI 451 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00123
    Example 104MS ESI 477 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00124
    Example 105MS ESI 491 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00125
    Example 106MS ESI 485 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00126
    Example 107MS ESI 451 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00127
    Example 108MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00128
    Example 109MS ESI 541 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00129
    Example 110MS ESI 491 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00130
    Example 111MS ESI 507 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00131
    Example 112MS ESI 531 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00132
    Example 113MS ESI 497 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00133
    Example 114MS ESI 496 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00134
    Example 115MS ESI 478 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00135
    Example 116MS ESI 496 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00136
    Example 117MS ESI 512 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00137
    Example 118MS ESI 514 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00138
    Example 119MS ESI 479 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00139
    Example 120MS ESI 478 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00140
    Example 121MS ESI 479 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00141
    Example 122MS ESI 496 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00142
    Example 123MS ESI 453 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00143
    Example 124MS ESI 452 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00144
    Example 125MS ESI 467 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00145
    Example 126MS ESI 481 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00146
    Example 127MS ESI 453 (M + H)
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00147
    Example 128MS ESI 511 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00148
    Example 129MS ESI 573 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00149
    Example 130MS ESI 483 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00150
    Example 131MS ESI 468 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00151
    Example 132MS ESI 454 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00152
    Example 133MS ESI 451 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00153
    Example 134MS ESI 451 (M + H)
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00154
    Example 135MS ESI 510 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00155
    Example 136MS ESI 465 (M + H)
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00156
    Example 137MS ESI 464 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00157
    Example 138MS ESI 452 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00158
    Example 139MS ESI 454 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00159
    Example 140MS ESI 535 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00160
    Example 141MS ESI 405 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00161
    Example 142MS ESI 473 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00162
    Example 143MS ESI 513 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00163
    Example 144MS ESI 527 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00164
    Example 145MS ESI 541 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00165
    Example 146MS ESI 547 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00166
    Example 147MS ESI 575 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00167
    Example 148MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00168
    Example 149MS ESI 505 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00169
    Example 150MS ESI 505 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00170
    Example 151MS ESI 483 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00171
    Example 152MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00172
    Example 153MS ESI 483 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00173
    Example 154MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00174
    Example 155MS ESI 447 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00175
    Example 156MS ESI 447 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00176
    Example 157MS ESI 448 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00177
    Example 158MS ESI 446 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00178
    Example 159MS ESI 447 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00179
    Example 160MS ESI 441 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00180
    Example 161MS ESI 455 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00181
    Example 162MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00182
    Example 163MS ESI 467 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00183
    Example 164MS ESI 481 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00184
    Example 165MS ESI 487 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00185
    Example 166MS ESI 387 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00186
    Example 167MS ESI 401 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00187
    Example 168MS ESI 415 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00188
    Example 169MS ESI 429 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00189
    Example 170MS ESI 449 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00190
    Example 171MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00191
    Example 172MS ESI 441 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00192
    Example 173MS ESI 413 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00193
    Example 174MS ESI 455 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00194
    Example 175MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00195
    Example 176MS ESI 427 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00196
    Example 177MS ESI 443 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00197
    Example 178MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00198
    Example 179MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00199
    Example 180MS ESI 401 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00200
    Example 181MS ESI 401 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00201
    Example 182MS ESI 415 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00202
    Example 183MS ESI 415 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00203
    Example 184MS ESI 429 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00204
    Example 185MS ESI 443 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00205
    Example 186MS ESI 463 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00206
    Example 187MS ESI 477 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00207
    Example 188MS ESI 455 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00208
    Example 189MS ESI 427 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00209
    Example 190MS ESI 469 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00210
    Example 191MS ESI 483 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00211
    Example 192MS ESI 441 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00212
    Example 193MS ESI 457 (M + H)+
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00213
    Example 194MS ESI 415 (M + H)+
  • Example 195 (S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((R)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide (78)
  • Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00214
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00215
    Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00216
  • 4,4,N-Trimethoxy-N-methyl-butyramide (1)
  • To a solution of methyl 4,4-dimethoxy-butyrate (4.99 g, 30.8 mmol) and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine HCl (4.65 g, 47.68 mmol) in 60 mL of THF at −20° C., is added isopropylmagnesiumchloride (46 mL, 92.28 mmol, 2.0M in THF) maintaining the temperature below −20° C. After stirring at −10° C. for 30 min, the reaction mixture is quenched with 50 mL of water and extracted with 3×80 mL of EtOAc. The combined organic layers is dried over Na2SO4 and filtered through a short silica gel pluge. The solution is concentrated to give 4,4,N-Trimethoxy-N-methylbutyramide (5.9 g, 99%) as pale liquid. M/Z=191.0
  • N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-5,5-dimethoxy-2-oxo-pentyl]-acrylimidoyl bromide (2)
  • To a suspension of 2,6-dibromopyridine (8.1 g, 34.03 mmol) in 80 mL of ether at −70° C., is added BuLi (12.3 mL, 26.17 mmol, 2.5 M in Hexane) in on portion. After stirring at −70° C. for 5 min, 4,4,N-Trimethoxy-N-methyl-butyramide (5.0 g, 26.17 mmol) is added to the solution dropwise. After stirring at −70° C. for 1.5 hr, the reaction mixture is quenched with 120 mL of water and extracted with 3×130 mL of EtOAc. The combined organic layers is concentrated and purified by chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc:70/30) to give N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-5,5-dimethoxy-2-oxo-pentyl]-acrylimidoyl bromide (5.96 g, 60.5%) as light yellow liquid. M/Z=288.0
  • N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-2,5-dioxo-pentyl]-acrylimidoyl bromide (3)
  • To a solution of N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-5,5-dimethoxy-2-oxo-pentyl]acrylimidoyl bromide (7.0 g, 28.9 mmol) in a solution of acetone (30 mL) and water (1.5 mL) at room temperature, is added Amberlyse-15 (20 g). After mechanical shacking for 3 hr at room temperature, the reaction mixture is filtered. The resin beads were washed with acetone (contain 10% of Et3N). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc:70/30) to yield N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-2,5-dioxo-pentyl]-acrylimidoyl bromide (5.18 g, 88.1%) as light yellow liquid. M/Z=421, 243.9 [M+1]
  • 2-Bromo-6-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-pyridine (4)
  • To a solution of N-[1-Eth-(Z)-ylidene-2,5-dioxo-pentyl]-acrylimidoyl bromide (1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) and R(+)-α-methylbenzylamine (0.5 g, 4.1 mmol) in 17 mL of CH2Cl2 at 70° C., is added acetic acid (0.6 mL) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.74 g, 8.2 mmol). After stirring at −70° C. for 40 min, the dry ice bath is removed, and the reaction solution is warmed to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture is quenched with 20 mL of water and extracted with 3×30 mL of CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc:70/30) to yield 2-Bromo-6-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-pyridine (0.86 g, 62.9%) as light yellow liquid. M/Z=332.7 [M+1]
  • (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (5)
  • To a solution of 2-Bromo-6-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-pyridine (86.5 mg, 2.57 mmol), 2-fluoro-methylaniline (64.7 mg, 5.14 mmol) and 2-(di-cyclohexylphosphino)-bipheny (38.5 mg, 0.13 mmol) in 20 mL of toluene at room temperature, were added Pd2(dba)3 (117.6 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 80° C. for 2 hrs, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture is filtered through celite, and the filtrate is diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and washed with 2×50 mL of water. The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH: 97/3) to give (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (870 mg, 90.3%) as pale solid. M/Z=376.0 [M+1]
  • (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (6)
  • (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (500 mg, 1.33 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL of MeOH in a 500 mL round bottle flask with 300 mg of Pd/C. The reaction mixture is stirred under H2 gas (1 atm) from a balloon for 24 hours. After degassing under vacuum, the reaction mixture is filtered to remove catalyst. The crude product is purified by reverse phase HPLC to give (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((R)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (200 mg, 55.4%) as yellow oil. M/Z=272.07 [M+1]
  • [(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{1-[(E)-(Z)-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-1-imioxo-propenylimino]-allyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (7)
  • To a solution of Boc-L-a-cyclohexyglycine (204 mg, 0.79 mmol) in 5 mL of DMF at room temperature, is added diisopropylethylamine (0.58 mL, 3.3 mmol) slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 20 minutes, a solution of HOBT (116 mg, 0.86 mmol) and HBTU (325 mg, 0.86 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) is added to the reaction mixture, and the solution is transferred to another flask contained (Z)-N-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-N′-[(S)-1-pyrrolidin-2-yl-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-propenamidine (180 mg, 0.66 mmol). After stirring for 1 hr, the reaction solution is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with water (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers is concentrated. The crude product is diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, and purified by chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH:97/3) to give [(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{1-[(E)-(Z)-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-1-imioxo-propenylimino]-allyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (320 mg, 94.5%) as pale gum. M/Z=511.14[M+1]
  • (Z)-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-propenamidine (8)
  • To a solution of [(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{1-[(E)-(Z)-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-1-imioxo-propenylimino]-allyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (320 mg, 0.63 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (3 mL) at −20° C. is added TFA (5 ML, pre-cooled to −20° C.) slowly. After stirring at 0° C. for 30 min, the reaction mixture is concentrated to remove most of TFA. The residue is dissolved in 20 mL of CH2Cl2, and neutralized with 10% NH4OH to PH=8. The solution is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give (Z)-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-propenamidine (260 mg, quantitative) as pale gum without further purification for next step reaction. M/Z=411.2 [M+1]
  • {(S)-1-[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (9)
  • To a solution of Boc-N-methyl-L-a-alanine (155 mg, 0.76 mmol) in 5 mL of DMF at room temperature, is added diisopropylethylamine (0.58 mL, 3.3 mmol) slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 20 minutes, a solution of HOBT (111 mg, 0.82 mmol) and HBTU (311 mg, 0.82 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) is added to the reaction mixture, and the solution is transferred to another flask contained (Z)-N′-[1-[(S)-1-((S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-N-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-N-methyl-propenamidine (260 mg, 0.63 mmol). After stirring for 1 hr, the reaction solution is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and washed with water (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers is concentrated. The crude product is diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4, and purified by chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH:97/3) to give {(S)-1-[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (300 mg, 79.5%) as pale gum. M/Z=596.2[M+1]
  • (S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide (78)
  • To a solution of give {(S)-1-[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (300 mg, 0.50 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) at −20° C. is added TFA (5 ML, pre-cooled to −20° C.) slowly. After stirring at 0° C. for 30 min, the reaction mixture is concentrated and purified by prep HPLC (Column: Waters Sunfire prep C18 30×100 mm; Mobile phase: isocratic condition, CH3CN 28%/H2O 72% with 0.1% TFA; Flow rate: 45 mL/min) to give (S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-((S)-2-{6-[(2-fluoro-phenyl)-methyl-amino]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide (206 mg, 67.0%) as white solid TFA salt. (HR Mass M/Z=496.3069 [M+1]).
  • In order to measure the ability of the inventive compounds to bind the BIR3 peptide binding pocket an ELISA and a cell based assays are utilized.
  • Elisa
  • Compounds are incubated with GST-BIR3 fusion protein and biotinylated SMAC peptide (AVPFAQK) in stretavidin-coated 96 well plates. For XIAP BIR3 Smac Elisa, a GST-BIR3 fusion containing amino acids 248-358 from XIAP is used. For CIAP1 BIR3 Smac Elisa, a GST-BIR3 fusion containing amino acids 259-364 from CIAP1 is used. Following a 30 minute incubation, wells are extensively washed. The remaining GST-BIR3 fusion protein is monitored by ELISA assay involving first, incubation with goat anti-GST antibodies followed by washing and incubation with alkaline phosphatase conjugated anti-goat antibodies. Signal is amplified using Attophos (Promega) and read with Cytoflour Ex 450 nm/40 and Em 580 nm. IC50s correspond to concentration of compound which displaces half of GST-BIR3 signal. The IC50 for non-biotinylated Smac is 400 nM. The IC50 values of compounds listed in Table 1 in the described ELISA assays ranged from 0.005-10 μM.
  • Cell Proliferation Assay
  • The ability of compounds to inhibit tumor cell growth in vitro is monitored using the CellTiter 96® AQueous Non-Radioactive Cell Proliferation Assay (Promega). This assay is composed of solutions of a novel tetrazolium compound [3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium, inner salt; MTS] and an electron coupling reagent (phenazine methosulfate) PMS. MTS is bioreduced by cells into a formazan product, the absorbance of which is measured at 490 nm. The conversion of MTS into the aqueous soluble formazan product is accomplished by dehydrogenase enzymes found in metabolically active cells. The quantity of formazan product as measured by the amount of 490 nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture. The IC50 values of compounds listed in Table 1 in the described cell assays ranged from 0.005-50 μM.
  • Example 196 Tablets 1 Comprising Compounds of the Formula (I)
  • Tablets, comprising, as active ingredient, 50 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) mentioned in the preceding Examples 9-194 of the following composition are prepared using routine methods:
  • Composition:
    Active Ingredient 50 mg
    Wheat starch 60 mg
    Lactose 50 mg
    Colloidal silica  5 mg
    Talcum  9 mg
    Magnesium stearate  1 mg
    Total 175 mg 

    Manufacture: The active ingredient is combined with part of the wheat starch, the lactose and the colloidal silica and the mixture pressed through a sieve. A further part of the wheat starch is mixed with the 5-fold amount of water on a water bath to form a paste and the mixture made first is kneaded with this paste until a weakly plastic mass is formed.
  • The dry granules are pressed through a sieve having a mesh size of 3 mm, mixed with a pre-sieved mixture (1 mm sieve) of the remaining corn starch, magnesium stearate and talcum and compressed to form slightly biconvex tablets.
  • Example 197 Tablets 2 Comprising Compounds of the Formula (I)
  • Tablets, comprising, as active ingredient, 100 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) of Examples 9-194 are prepared with the following composition, following standard procedures:
  • Composition:
    Active Ingredient 100 mg
    Crystalline lactose 240 mg
    Avicel  80 mg
    PVPPXL  20 mg
    Aerosil  2 mg
    Magnesium stearate  5 mg
    Total 447 mg

    Manufacture: The active ingredient is mixed with the carrier materials and compressed by means of a tabletting machine (Korsch EKO, Stempeldurchmesser 10 mm).
  • Example 198 Capsules
  • Capsules, comprising, as active ingredient, 100 mg of any one of the compounds of formula (I) given in Examples 9-194, of the following composition are prepared according to standard procedures:
  • Composition:
    Active Ingredient 100 mg
    Avicel 200 mg
    PVPPXL  15 mg
    Aerosil  2 mg
    Magnesium stearate  1.5 mg
    Total 318.5 mg  
  • Manufacturing is done by mixing the components and filling them into hard gelatine capsules, size 1.

Claims (26)

1. A compound according to formula I
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00217
wherein
R1 is H; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
R2 is H; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted;
R3 is H; —CF3; —C2F5; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkenyl; C1-C4 alkynyl; —CH2-Z or R2 and R3 together with the nitrogen form a het ring;
Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2Cl; —CH2F or —CH2OH;
R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl; C1-C16 alkenyl; C1-C16 alkynyl; or —C3-C10cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6-Z1; —(CH2)0-6-aryl; and —(CH2)0-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
Z1 is —N(R8)—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(O)—N(R9)(R10); —C(O)—O—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6-het; —O—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
het is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, which heterocyclic ring or fused ring system is unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom;
R8 is H; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2OH or —CH2Cl;
R9 and R10 are each independently H; C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen form het;
R5 is H; C1-C10-alkyl; aryl; phenyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl-(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-4CH—((CH2)1-4-phenyl)2; —(CH2)0-6—CH(phenyl)2; -indanyl; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7-cycloalkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6—C(O)-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6-het; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl and aryl substituents are unsubstituted or substituted;
U is as shown in structure II:
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00218
wherein
n=0-5;
X is —CH or N;
Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Rd is selected from:
(a) —Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
(b) Ar1-D-Ar2;
Rc is H or Rc and Rd may together form a cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or het, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
p and q are independently 0 or 1;
Re is C1-8 alkyl or alkylidene, and Re which may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
Rf and Rg are each independently H; —C1-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkylaryl; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; aryl; phenyl-phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; S—C1-C10alkyl; aryl-C1-C4alkyl; het-C1-C4-alkyl wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, het and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4alkyl; or Rg and Rf form a ring selected from het or aryl;
D is —CO—; —C(O)—C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —CF2—; —O—; —S(O)r where r is 0-2; 1,3dioaxolane; or C1-7 alkyl-OH; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is —N(Rh) wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsub or substituted); aryl; —O(C1-7cycloalkyl) (unsub or substituted); C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; C(O)—CO—Co—C10alkylaryl; C—O—C1-C10alkyl; C—O—Co—C10alkyl-aryl or SO2—C1-C10-alkyl; SO2—(Co—C10-alkylaryl);
R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H; —C1-C10 alkyl; —C1-C10 alkoxy; aryl-C1-C10 alkoxy; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 can be united to form a ring system;
R11 and R12 are independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6—(CH)0-1(aryl)1-2; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(O)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(S)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(S)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(S)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; or R11 and R12 are a substituent that facilitates transport of the molecule across a cell membrane; or R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom form het;
wherein the alkyl substituents of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from C1-C10alkyl, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3;
substituted cycloalkyl substituents of R11 and R12 are substituted by one or more substituents selected from a C1-C10 alkene; C1-C6alkyl; halogen; OH; —O—C1-C6alkyl; —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; and
substituted phenyl or aryl of R11 and R12 are substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen; hydroxy; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; nitro; —CN; —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl and —C(O)—O—C1-C4-aryl,
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. A compound formula (I) according to claim 1 wherein
R1 is H; —C1-C4 alkyl; —C1-C4 alkenyl; —C1-C4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH3, —SCH3, —CN, —SCN and nitro;
R2 is H; —C1-C4alkyl; —C1-C4 alkenyl; —C1-C4 alkynyl or cycloalkyl which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, —OCH3, —SCH3, —CN, —SCN and nitro;
R3 is H; —CF3; —C2F5; —C1-C4alkyl; —C1-C4alkenyl; —C1-C4alkynyl; —CH2-Z or R2 and R3 together with the nitrogen form a het;
Z is H; —OH; F; Cl; —CH3; —CF3; —CH2Cl; —CH2F or —CH2OH;
R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl; C1-C16 alkenyl; C1-C16 alkynyl; or cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6-Z1; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; and —(CH2)0-6-het; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
Z1 is —N(R8)—C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —N(R8)—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(O)—N(R9)(R10); —C(O)—O—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)1-6-het; —O—C(O)—C1-C10 alkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —O—C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted;
het is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or an 8-12 membered fused ring system including at least one 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, which heterocyclic ring or fused ring system is unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon atom by halogen, hydroxy, C1-C4alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4-alkyl or on a nitrogen by C1-C4 alkyl, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl or —C(O)—O—C1-C4alkyl;
R8 is H, —CH3, —CF3, —CH2OH or —CH2Cl;
R9 and R10 are each independently H; —C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6-phenyl; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or substituted, or R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen form het;
R5 is H; C1-C10alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl-(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-4CH—((CH2)1-4-phenyl)2; —(CH2)0-6—CH(phenyl)2; -indanyl; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-phenyl; —(CH2)0-6-het; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted;
U is a as shown in structure II:
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00219
wherein
n=0-5;
X is —CH or N;
Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Rd is selected from:
(a) Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
(b) Ar1-D-Ar2;
p and q are independently 0 or 1;
Rc is H or Rd and Rc together form cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or heteroring, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
Re is C1-8 alkyl which may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
Rf and Rg are each independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C0-C10alkyl, or C1-C10alkylaryl;
D is —CO—; —C(O)—C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —CF2—; —O—; —S(O)r where r is 0-2; 1,3dioaxolane; or C1-7 alkyl-OH; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is —N(Rh) wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsub or substituted); aryl; —O(C1-7cycloalkyl) (unsub or substituted); C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; C(O)—Co-C10alkylaryl; C—O—C1-C10alkyl; C—O—Co—C10alkyl-aryl or SO2—C1-C10-alkyl; SO2—(Co—C10-alkylaryl);
and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H; —C1-C10 alkyl; —OH; —O—C1-C10alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; phenyl; —(CH2)1-6-het; —O—(CH2)1-6-het; —OR11; —C(O)—R11; —C(O)—N(R11)(R12); —N(R11)(R12); —S—R11; —S(O)—R11; —S(O)2—R11; —S(O)2—NR11R12; —NR11—S(O)2—R12; wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; or any R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 can be united to form a ring system;
R11 and R12 are independently H; C1-C10 alkyl; —(CH2)0-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —(CH2)0-6—(CH)0-1(aryl)1-2; —C(O)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(O)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(O)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)1-6-het; —C(S)—C1-C10alkyl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6—C3-C7cycloalkyl; —C(S)—O—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6—O-fluorenyl; —C(S)—NH—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)0-6-aryl; —C(S)—(CH2)1-6-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted; or R11 and R12 are a substituent that facilitates transport of the molecule across a cell membrane; or
R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen are het; aryl of R11 and R12 can be phenyl, naphthyl, or indanyl which is unsubstituted or substituted;
alkyl of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from a C1-C10 alkene, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl and —CF3;
cycloalkyl of R11 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more selected from a C1-C10 alkene, one or more halogens, C1-C6alkyl, halogen, OH, —O—C1-C6alkyl, —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; and
phenyl or aryl of R1 and R12 may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, —CN, —O—C(O)—C1-C4alkyl and —C(O)—O—C1-C4-aryl;
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
3. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R2 are independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4alkyl;
R4 is C1-C16 straight or branched alkyl, or C3-C10cycloalkyl, wherein the alkyl or cycloalkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
R5 is H; C1-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkyl-aryl; —C(O)—(CH2)0-6-Phenyl; —(CH2)0-6—C(O)-Phenyl;
aryl; indanyl; naphthyl or R5 is a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl or aryl substituents are unsubstituted or substituted;
U is as shown in structure II:
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00220
wherein
n=0-5;
X is —CH or N;
Ra and Rb are independently an O, S, or N atom or C0-8 alkyl wherein one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain may be replaced by a heteroatom selected from O, S or N, and where the alkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Rd is selected from
(a) —Re-Q-(Rf)p(Rg)q; or
(c) Ar1-D-Ar2;
Rc is H or Rc and Rd together form cycloalkyl or het; where if Rd and Rc form a cycloalkyl or heteroring, R5 is attached to the formed ring at a C or N atom;
p and q are independently 0 or 1;
Re is C1-8 alkyl, or methylidene which may be unsubstituted or substituted;
Q is N, O, S, S(O), or S(O)2;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl or het;
Rf and Rg are each independently H or substituted or unsubstituted C0-C10alkyl; C1-C10alkylaryl; aryl-C1-C10alkyl; het-C1-C10alkyl —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4-alkyl;
D is —C(O)—; C1-7 alkylene or arylene; —O—, or —S(O)r where r is 0-2; where alkyl, alkylene or arylene which may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogens; —OH; —O—C1-C6alkyl; —S—C1-C6alkyl or —CF3; or D is NRh wherein Rh is H; C1-7 alkyl (unsubstituted or substituted); aryl; —OC1-7 cycloalkyl (unsubstituted or substituted); —CO—C0-10 alkyl or aryl or SO2—C0-10-alkyl or aryl; and R6, R7, R′6 and R′7 are each independently H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —OH, alkoxy, or aryloxy;
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
4. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
U is a bicyclic saturated or unsaturated ring system, consisting of all carbon skeleton or with one or more heteroatoms such as O, N, S but preferably as shown in structure III:
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00221
wherein
wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
X is CH or N;
V is O, F2, Cl2, Br2, I2, S, YH, H2, NH, or C1-C4 alkyl;
W is —CH, or —N;
n is 0-3; and
m is 0-3.
5. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the ring carbon atoms on U are substituted with subsituents independently selected from halo, H, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, wherein alkyl or alkoxy are unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, OH, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy.
6. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is —C1-C4alkyl; —C3-C7 cycloalkyl; —(CH2)1-6-cycloalkyl; or —(CH2)0-6aryl;
R5 is —C1-C4alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C1-C4—C(O)-alkyl-pheny or aryl, R5 is particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH2-phenyl or —CH2—C(O)-phenyl;
R6 and R7 are H or methyl;
U has the structure of formula III:
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00222
wherein
wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
X is N;
V is O or H2;
W is —N;
n is 1; and
m is 1 or 2.
7. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is H;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; C1-C7 cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl. R4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH2-phenyl;
R5 is —C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C1-C4—C(O)-alkyl-pheny or aryl. R5 is particularly phenylethyl; indanyl, naphthyl; —C(O)—CH2-phenyl; —CH2—C(O)-phenyl; or (CF3O)phenylethyl;
R6, R′6, R7 and R′7 are H;
U has the structure of formula III wherein
wherein any of the ring carbon atoms can be unsubstituted or substituted with any of the substituted defined above for R6, R7, R6′ and R7′;
X is N;
V is O or H2;
W is —N;
n is 1; and
m is 1 or 2.
8. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Rc is H;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly tetrazolyl, 1, 2,3-triazole, pyrazole, oxazole, pyrrolyl, triazine, pyrimidine, imidazol, oxadiazol; and and D is C1 alkyl which may optionally be substituted with halo, especially F.
9. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; C1-C7 cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl;
R5 is H;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H; or R6 is —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl and R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Rc is H;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly triazine, pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2,4-difluorophenyl, Cl-phenyl or fluorophenyl; and D is N(Rh), where Rh is H, Me, —CHO, —SO2, —C(O), —CHOH, CF3 or —SO2CH3.
10. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; C1-C7 cycloalkyl-C1-C7alkyl; phenyl-C1-C7alkyl or aryl. R4 is particularly methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl; —CH2-cyclopropyl; phenyl or —CH2-phenyl;
R5 is H;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Re is H;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het particularly pyrimidine, pyridine, oxazole, 2-methyloxazole;
and D is —O—.
11. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Rc is H;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het;
and D is S, S(O), or S(O)2.
12. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Rc is H;
Ar1 and Ar2 are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or het, particularly oxazole, thaizole and ozadiazole;
and D is C(O), or 1,3-dioxolane.
13. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H or phenyl C1-C10 alkyl such as phenylethyl;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Rc and Rd are het, particularly pyrrolidine; pyrrolidin-2-one; or pyrrolidin-3-one.
14. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
Q is O;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Re is C1 alkyl; and
p and q are 0.
15. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
Q is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Re is C1 alkyl; and
Rg is H, C1-C8 alkyl, methyl, ethyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, or CH2CF3, or aryl-C1-C4 alkyl particularly phenylethyl, furanylethyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly cyclohexyl; ethylphenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl; —C(O)—C1-C4-alkyl; —C1-C4-alkyl-aryl particularly —CH2-phenyl; —CH2-thiophene, —CH2-furan, —CH2-pyrrolidinyl, —CH2-imidazole, —CH2-triazole, —CH2-imidazole;
and Rf is C1-C2 alkyl; C1-C2 alkylphenyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkyl; —SO2—C1-C2alkylphenyl; —O—C1-C4-alkyl particularly O-ethyl; phenyl-phenyl, 1,2,3,4tetrahydronapthalene and indanyl.
16. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is H, indanyl or phenyl;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
Q is N;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Re is C1 alkyl; and
Rg and Rf form a ring selected from het or aryl particularly 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine; 1,2,3,4 tetrahydroquinoline; indanyl which may be substituted with C1-C4alkylphenyl
17. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is especially H, methyl, ethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is phenyl;
U has the structure of formula II wherein
X is N;
Q is O, S, S(O) or S(O)2;
R6, R′6, R7, and R′7 are H;
n is O;
Re is C1 alkyl;
q is 0;
Rc is H;
and Rf is C2 alkyl.
18. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 and R4 have the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV, with the definitions of the variable substituents and preferences described herein above also applying to compounds having the stereochemistry indicated in formula IV.
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00223
19. A compound according to claim 18 wherein compound with the stereochemistry of formula (IV) wherein
R1 and R3 are preferably methyl or ethyl;
R2 is H, methyl, ethyl, or substituted methyl especially chloromethyl, dichloromethyl and trifluoromethyl; preferably R2 is H or unsubstituted methyl;
R4 is C1-C4alkyl or C3-C7 cycloalkyl particularly isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;
R5 is —C1-C4-alkyl-phenyl, particularly phenylmethyl, phenylethyl and phenylpropyl, indanyl, naphthyl; and
R6 and R7 are H or methyl.
20. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the stereochemistry for U is as shown in Figure V
Figure US20080242658A1-20081002-C00224
21. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I according to claim 1.
22. A method of treating a proliferative disease which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I according to claim 1 to a mammal in need of such treatment.
23. A method of claim 22 wherein the mammal is a human.
24. A compound selected from:
N-[1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-acetamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-butyramide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-butyramide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-butyramide;
N-[1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-{2-methyl-1-[5-(3-methyl-hexa-3,5-dienyl)-6-oxo-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrole-1-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(3-methyl-7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(3-methyl-7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
N-[1-(4-Benzyloxy-7-oxo-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
N-[1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
N-[1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
N-[1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
2-Methylamino-N-[2-methyl-1-(8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-butyramide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(R)-2-(3-Benzyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(3-Benzyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)-2-Methylamino-N—((S)-2-methyl-1-{(S)-2-[3-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-phenyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(S)-2-[3-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-phenyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(R)-2-[3-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-phenyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(R)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(R)-2-(3-phenylsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenylsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(R)-2-(3-Benzenesulfonyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(1-Benzyl-1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(1-Benzyl-1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[2-(Benzyloxyimino-hyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)-2-Methylamino-N-{(S)-2-methyl-1-[2-((S)-phenylmethanesulfonylamino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide;
(S)-2-Methylamino-N-{(S)-2-methyl-1-[2-((S)-phenylmethanesulfonylamino-methyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-propyl}-butyramide;
N-(1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(S)-2-[(ethyl-indan-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-((S)-methylamino)-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-(2-{[(S)-indan-2-yl-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amino]-methyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{2-[((S)-cyclohexyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-2-{2-[((S)-tert-Butyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{2-[((S)— furan-2-ylmethyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(2-{[(S)-phenethyl-(4-phenyl-butyl)-amino]-methyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-(2-{[(S)— methyl-(4-phenyl-butyl)-amino]-methyl}-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
N—[(S)-1-(S)-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((R)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-acetamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-(S)-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((R)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)-2-Methylamino-N—[(S)-2-methyl-1-((R)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-2,2-Dimethyl-1-((R)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)-2-Methylamino-N—[(S)-2-methyl-1-((R)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-butyramide;
(S)—N—[(S)-2,2-Dimethyl-1-((3aR,7aS)-6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-1-carbonyl)-propyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-{(3aR,7aS)-6-[2-(2-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl}-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-{(3aR,7aS)-6-[2-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl}-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aR,6a R)-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-6-oxo-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N—[(R)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-6-oxo-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-6-oxo-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(R)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((3aS,6aS)-6-oxo-5-phenethyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-(R)-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((S)-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N—[(S)-1-(S)-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-((R)-8-oxo-7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-butyramide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
25. A compound selected from
N-[1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylamino-propionamide;
N-{1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylaminopropionamide;
N-[1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-(7-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo[2,3-c]azepin-1-yl)-ethyl]-2-methylaminopropionamide;
(S)—N—((S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-{(2S,3R)-2-[(ethyl-phenethyl-amino)-methyl]-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-2-methylamino-propionamide;
N-{2-[2-(2-benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide;
N-{2-[2-Benxyloxyimino-methyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl-2-methylamino-propionamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
26. A compound selected from
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-1-Cyclohexyl-2-oxo-2-[(S)-2-(3-phenylsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(2-Benzyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(1-Benzyl-1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-propionamide;
(S)—N-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(1-Benzyl-1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-2-methylamino-butyramide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
US10/594,413 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of Iap Abandoned US20080242658A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/594,413 US20080242658A1 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of Iap
US13/178,946 US8207183B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2011-07-08 Inhibitors of IAP
US13/456,274 US8338440B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2012-04-26 Inhibitors of IAP

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56018604P 2004-04-07 2004-04-07
US10/594,413 US20080242658A1 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of Iap
PCT/EP2005/003619 WO2005097791A1 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of iap

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/003619 A-371-Of-International WO2005097791A1 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of iap

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/178,946 Continuation US8207183B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2011-07-08 Inhibitors of IAP

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080242658A1 true US20080242658A1 (en) 2008-10-02

Family

ID=34962601

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/099,941 Active 2025-09-23 US7419975B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Organic compounds
US10/594,413 Abandoned US20080242658A1 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Inhibitors of Iap
US13/178,946 Active US8207183B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2011-07-08 Inhibitors of IAP
US13/456,274 Active US8338440B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2012-04-26 Inhibitors of IAP

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/099,941 Active 2025-09-23 US7419975B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2005-04-06 Organic compounds

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/178,946 Active US8207183B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2011-07-08 Inhibitors of IAP
US13/456,274 Active US8338440B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2012-04-26 Inhibitors of IAP

Country Status (32)

Country Link
US (4) US7419975B2 (en)
EP (3) EP1735307B1 (en)
JP (3) JP4691549B2 (en)
KR (2) KR100892185B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1964970B (en)
AR (1) AR048927A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005231956B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0509721A (en)
CA (1) CA2560162C (en)
CY (1) CY1113511T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2253614T3 (en)
EC (1) ECSP066893A (en)
ES (2) ES2394441T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1100930A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20121023T1 (en)
IL (1) IL178104A (en)
MA (1) MA28630B1 (en)
ME (1) ME02125B (en)
MY (1) MY165401A (en)
NO (1) NO20065114L (en)
NZ (1) NZ549925A (en)
PE (2) PE20060166A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2253614T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2253614E (en)
RS (1) RS52545B (en)
RU (1) RU2425838C2 (en)
SG (1) SG152225A1 (en)
SI (1) SI2253614T1 (en)
TN (1) TNSN06323A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI417092B (en)
WO (1) WO2005097791A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200607696B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110034469A1 (en) * 2009-08-04 2011-02-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Heterocyclic Compound

Families Citing this family (139)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7345081B2 (en) 2004-03-23 2008-03-18 Genentech, Inc. Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of IAP
AU2005231956B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2009-11-05 Novartis Ag Inhibitors of IAP
RS53734B1 (en) 2004-07-02 2015-06-30 Genentech Inc. Inhibitors of iap
WO2006020060A2 (en) 2004-07-15 2006-02-23 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Iap binding compounds
MX2007007195A (en) * 2004-12-20 2007-10-08 Genentech Inc Pyrrolidine inhibitors of iap.
US20080300259A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2008-12-04 Hauske James R Multimediator 5-Ht6 Receptor Antagonists, and Uses Related Thereto
DK1851200T3 (en) 2005-02-25 2014-04-14 Tetralogic Pharm Corp DIMER IAP INHIBITORS
WO2006107964A2 (en) * 2005-04-06 2006-10-12 Novartis Ag Processes to prepare 6-phenethyl-octahydro-pyrrolo [2 , 3-c] pyridine and related compounds
EP1883627B1 (en) 2005-05-18 2018-04-18 Pharmascience Inc. Bir domain binding compounds
US20100256046A1 (en) * 2009-04-03 2010-10-07 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Treatment of proliferative disorders
WO2007021825A2 (en) * 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Treatment of proliferative disorders
WO2007048224A1 (en) 2005-10-25 2007-05-03 Aegera Therapeutics Inc. Iap bir domain binding compounds
CA2632807A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2007-09-20 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of iap
MX2008008191A (en) 2005-12-20 2008-11-04 Novartis Ag Combination of an iap-inhibitor and a taxane7.
TWI504597B (en) 2006-03-16 2015-10-21 Pharmascience Inc Iap bir domain binding compounds
KR20080108516A (en) * 2006-04-05 2008-12-15 노파르티스 아게 Combinations of therapeutic agents for treating cancer
EP2606890A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2013-06-26 Novartis AG Combinations comprising BCR-ABL/C-KIT/PDGF-R TK inhibitors for treating cancer
US8168383B2 (en) 2006-04-14 2012-05-01 Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. Gene defects and mutant ALK kinase in human solid tumors
DK2447359T3 (en) 2006-04-14 2016-02-08 Cell Signaling Technology Inc Genetic defects and mutated ALK kinase in human solid tumors
MX2008014502A (en) * 2006-05-16 2008-11-27 Aegera Therapeutics Inc Iap bir domain binding compounds.
BRPI0711591A2 (en) * 2006-05-16 2011-11-16 Aegera Therapeutics Inc iap bir domain binding compound
WO2008014229A2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
WO2008014236A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
US20100113326A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2010-05-06 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Dimeric iap inhibitors
WO2008014252A2 (en) 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Iap inhibitors
AR063943A1 (en) 2006-07-24 2009-03-04 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Cor IAP ANTAGONIST DIPEPTIDES, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS THEM AND THE USE OF THEM FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER.
PE20110220A1 (en) 2006-08-02 2011-04-11 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 2-OXO-ETHYL-AMINO-PROPIONAMIDE-PYRROLIDIN-2-IL-SUBSTITUTED AS INHIBITORS OF THE BINDING OF THE PROTEIN Smac TO THE INHIBITOR OF THE PROTEIN OF APOPTOSIS
KR20090065548A (en) * 2006-10-12 2009-06-22 노파르티스 아게 Pyrrolydine derivatives as iap inhibitors
WO2008057172A2 (en) * 2006-10-19 2008-05-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
BRPI0719559A2 (en) * 2006-11-28 2014-01-21 Novartis Ag Use of IAP Inhibitors for the Treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia
MX2009005621A (en) * 2006-11-28 2009-06-12 Novartis Ag Combination of iap inhibitors and flt3 inhibitors.
CN101605786A (en) * 2006-12-19 2009-12-16 健泰科生物技术公司 The imidazopyridine inhibitor of apoptosis inhibitor
WO2008109057A1 (en) * 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Organic compounds and their uses
CA2684169C (en) 2007-04-12 2012-06-19 Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Smac mimetic dimers and trimers useful as anti-cancer agents
CA2683392A1 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of iap
WO2008137930A1 (en) * 2007-05-07 2008-11-13 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. TNFα GENE EXPRESSION AS A BIOMARKER OF SENSITIVITY TO ANTAGONISTS OF INHIBITOR OF APOPTOSIS PROTEINS
WO2008144925A1 (en) * 2007-05-30 2008-12-04 Aegera Therapeutics Inc. Iap bir domain binding compounds
CN101970457A (en) * 2008-01-11 2011-02-09 健泰科生物技术公司 Inhibitors of iap
BRPI0906785A2 (en) * 2008-01-24 2015-07-14 Tetralogic Pharm Corp Compound, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for inducing apoptosis in a cell to treat cancer and an autoimmune disease
US20110117081A1 (en) * 2008-05-05 2011-05-19 Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. Functionalized pyrrolidines and use thereof as iap inhibitors
BRPI0912692A2 (en) 2008-05-16 2017-03-21 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc immunomodulation via iap inhibitors
CA2728933A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Aegera Therapeutics Inc. Bridged secondary amines and use thereof as iap bir domain binding compounds
CN102171209A (en) 2008-08-02 2011-08-31 健泰科生物技术公司 Inhibitors of IAP
AU2009282978A1 (en) * 2008-08-16 2010-02-25 Genentech, Inc. Azaindole inhibitors of IAP
WO2010033531A1 (en) * 2008-09-17 2010-03-25 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. Iap inhibitors
US8841067B2 (en) 2009-01-09 2014-09-23 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. NOL3 is a predictor of patient outcome
US8481495B2 (en) * 2009-05-28 2013-07-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation IAP inhibitors
EA201171415A1 (en) * 2009-05-28 2013-01-30 Тетралоджик Фармасьютикалз Корп. IAP FAMILY INHIBITORS
CN101928326B (en) * 2009-06-24 2015-07-08 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 Substitution five-heterocyclic alkyl aminoacyl compound and application thereof
US8283372B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic
KR20120048008A (en) * 2009-08-12 2012-05-14 노파르티스 아게 Solid oral formulations and crystalline forms of an inhibitor of apoptosis protein
CN102612651A (en) * 2009-09-18 2012-07-25 诺瓦提斯公司 Biomarkers for iap inhibitor compounds
CA2789879A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-19 Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dimeric smac mimetics
EP2534170B1 (en) 2010-02-12 2017-04-19 Pharmascience Inc. Iap bir domain binding compounds
UY33227A (en) 2010-02-19 2011-09-30 Novartis Ag PIRROLOPIRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF THE CDK4 / 6
WO2011133475A2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 Sri International Compositions and method for the treatment of multiple myeloma
WO2012052758A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Astrazeneca Ab Response biomarkers for iap antagonists in human cancers
GB201106817D0 (en) 2011-04-21 2011-06-01 Astex Therapeutics Ltd New compound
CA2850330A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Smac mimetic (birinapant) for use in the treatment of proliferative diseases (cancer)
GB201121128D0 (en) 2011-12-08 2012-01-18 Dow Corning Treatment of filler with silane
GB201121133D0 (en) * 2011-12-08 2012-01-18 Dow Corning Hydrolysable silanes
GB201121132D0 (en) * 2011-12-08 2012-01-18 Dow Corning Modifying polymeric materials by amines
GB201121124D0 (en) 2011-12-08 2012-01-18 Dow Corning Hydrolysable silanes
GB201121122D0 (en) 2011-12-08 2012-01-18 Dow Corning Hydrolysable silanes and elastomer compositions containing them
US20130196927A1 (en) * 2012-01-27 2013-08-01 Christopher BENETATOS Smac Mimetic Therapy
CA2871995A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 Novartis Ag Biomarkers for iap inhibitor therapy
KR20140011773A (en) * 2012-07-19 2014-01-29 한미약품 주식회사 Heterocyclic derivatives with dual inhibitory activity
US9498532B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-22 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates
US9789203B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-10-17 Novartis Ag cKIT antibody drug conjugates
US20140303090A1 (en) * 2013-04-08 2014-10-09 Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation Smac Mimetic Therapy
CN112957365A (en) 2013-06-25 2021-06-15 沃尔特和伊利莎豪医学研究所 Methods of treating intracellular infections
GB201311891D0 (en) 2013-07-03 2013-08-14 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Novel compound
GB201311888D0 (en) 2013-07-03 2013-08-14 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Novel compounds
US9249151B2 (en) * 2013-08-23 2016-02-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bis-amido pyridines
US9278978B2 (en) * 2013-08-23 2016-03-08 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 6-Alkynyl Pyridine
CN105829310B (en) 2013-12-20 2019-04-12 阿斯特克斯治疗有限公司 Bicyclic heterocycles and its therapeutical uses
CA2974651A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-07-30 Children's Hospital Of Eastern Ontario Research Institute Inc. Smc combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
CA2950911C (en) 2014-06-04 2023-10-10 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Use of inhibitor of apoptosis protein (iap) antagonists in hiv therapy
WO2016020791A1 (en) 2014-08-05 2016-02-11 Novartis Ag Ckit antibody drug conjugates
KR20170040249A (en) 2014-08-12 2017-04-12 노파르티스 아게 Anti-cdh6 antibody drug conjugates
WO2016079527A1 (en) 2014-11-19 2016-05-26 Tetralogic Birinapant Uk Ltd Combination therapy
WO2016097773A1 (en) 2014-12-19 2016-06-23 Children's Cancer Institute Therapeutic iap antagonists for treating proliferative disorders
US20170327469A1 (en) 2015-01-20 2017-11-16 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
KR20230119040A (en) 2015-01-20 2023-08-14 아비나스 오퍼레이션스, 인코포레이티드 Compounds and Methods for the Targeted Degradation of the Androgen Receptor
CN104592214A (en) * 2015-02-13 2015-05-06 佛山市赛维斯医药科技有限公司 Compound containing glucosamide pyridine and alkoxy pyrazinyl structure and application thereof
EP3302482A4 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-12-19 Arvinas, Inc. Tank-binding kinase-1 protacs and associated methods of use
US20190194315A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2019-06-27 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates
BR112017028269A2 (en) * 2015-07-13 2018-09-04 Arvinas Inc compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of an effective amount of a compound, disease state or condition, and method for identifying a compound.
WO2017030814A1 (en) 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of bromodomain-containing proteins
MA44334A (en) 2015-10-29 2018-09-05 Novartis Ag ANTIBODY CONJUGATES INCLUDING A TOLL-TYPE RECEPTOR AGONIST
CN105585583B (en) * 2016-01-20 2018-04-13 广东工业大学 A kind of non-peptides apoptosis inhibitory protein antagonist and its synthetic method and application
CN105566447B (en) * 2016-01-20 2019-09-20 广东工业大学 The class peptide antagonists and its synthetic method of a kind of apoptosis inhibitory protein and application
CN106188098B (en) * 2016-07-06 2017-11-03 广东工业大学 A kind of hydridization cancer therapy drug and preparation method and application
NZ751713A (en) * 2016-08-29 2022-07-01 Univ Michigan Regents Aminopyrimidines as alk inhibitors
JP6899993B2 (en) * 2016-10-04 2021-07-07 国立医薬品食品衛生研究所長 Heterocyclic compound
CN110234646A (en) 2016-11-01 2019-09-13 阿尔维纳斯股份有限公司 Target the Tau albumen and associated method of use of PROTAC
LT3689868T (en) 2016-12-01 2023-12-27 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Tetrahydronaphthalene and tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives as estrogen receptor degraders
US11173211B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2021-11-16 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of rapidly accelerated Fibrosarcoma polypeptides
US10994015B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2021-05-04 Arvinas Operations, Inc. EGFR proteolysis targeting chimeric molecules and associated methods of use
WO2018118598A1 (en) 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of fetal liver kinase polypeptides
BR112019012878A2 (en) 2016-12-23 2019-11-26 Arvinas Operations Inc compounds and methods for target degradation of rapidly accelerated fibrosarcoma polypeptides
US11191741B2 (en) 2016-12-24 2021-12-07 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of enhancer of zeste homolog 2 polypeptide
WO2018140809A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2018-08-02 Arvinas, Inc. Modulators of estrogen receptor proteolysis and associated methods of use
JOP20190187A1 (en) 2017-02-03 2019-08-01 Novartis Ag Anti-ccr7 antibody drug conjugates
WO2018163051A1 (en) 2017-03-06 2018-09-13 Novartis Ag Methods of treatment of cancer with reduced ubb expression
WO2018185618A1 (en) 2017-04-03 2018-10-11 Novartis Ag Anti-cdh6 antibody drug conjugates and anti-gitr antibody combinations and methods of treatment
AR111651A1 (en) 2017-04-28 2019-08-07 Novartis Ag CONJUGATES OF ANTIBODIES THAT INCLUDE TOLL TYPE RECEIVER AGONISTS AND COMBINATION THERAPIES
EP3630162A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2020-04-08 Novartis AG Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use
WO2018215936A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2018-11-29 Novartis Ag Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
WO2018215937A1 (en) 2017-05-24 2018-11-29 Novartis Ag Interleukin-7 antibody cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
SG11202004377XA (en) * 2017-11-13 2020-06-29 Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd Smac mimetics used as iap inhibitors and use thereof
WO2019099926A1 (en) 2017-11-17 2019-05-23 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinase 4 polypeptides
WO2019177902A1 (en) 2018-03-10 2019-09-19 Yale University Modulators of btk proteolysis and methods of use
WO2019195609A2 (en) 2018-04-04 2019-10-10 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Modulators of proteolysis and associated methods of use
IL278951B (en) 2018-07-10 2022-08-01 Novartis Ag 3-(5-hydroxy-1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and their use in the treatment of ikaros family zinc finger 2 (ikzf2)-dependent diseases
AR116109A1 (en) 2018-07-10 2021-03-31 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 3- (5-AMINO-1-OXOISOINDOLIN-2-IL) PIPERIDINE-2,6-DIONA AND USES OF THE SAME
WO2020023851A1 (en) 2018-07-26 2020-01-30 Yale University Bifunctional substitued pyrimidines as modulators of fak proteolyse
EP3841100A1 (en) 2018-08-20 2021-06-30 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Proteolysis targeting chimeric (protac) compound with e3 ubiquitin ligase binding activity and targeting alpha-synuclein protein for treating neurodegenerative diseases
KR102642203B1 (en) 2018-09-07 2024-03-04 아비나스 오퍼레이션스, 인코포레이티드 Multicyclic compounds and methods for targeted cleavage of rapidly progressive fibrosarcoma polypeptides
WO2020089811A1 (en) 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 Novartis Ag Dc-sign antibody drug conjugates
MX2021007392A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-08-24 Novartis Ag Dosing regimen and pharmaceutical combination comprising 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives.
CN113195541A (en) 2018-12-21 2021-07-30 诺华股份有限公司 Antibodies against PMEL17 and conjugates thereof
JP2022520811A (en) 2019-02-15 2022-04-01 ノバルティス アーゲー 3- (1-oxo-5- (piperidine-4-yl) isoindoline-2-yl) piperidine-2,6-dione derivative and its use
KR20210129672A (en) 2019-02-15 2021-10-28 노파르티스 아게 Substituted 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof
CN114867727A (en) 2019-07-17 2022-08-05 阿尔维纳斯运营股份有限公司 TAU protein targeting compounds and related methods of use
EP4007592A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2022-06-08 LanthioPep B.V. Angiotensin type 2 (at2) receptor agonists for use in the treatment of cancer
WO2021123902A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Novartis Ag Combination of anti tim-3 antibody mbg453 and anti tgf-beta antibody nis793, with or without decitabine or the anti pd-1 antibody spartalizumab, for treating myelofibrosis and myelodysplastic syndrome
MX2022008874A (en) 2020-01-20 2022-08-11 Astrazeneca Ab Epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer.
HUP2200468A1 (en) 2020-04-29 2023-03-28 X Chem Zrt Iap antagonists and their therapeutic applications
US20230181756A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2023-06-15 Novartis Ag Ccr7 antibody drug conjugates for treating cancer
WO2021252920A1 (en) 2020-06-11 2021-12-16 Novartis Ag Zbtb32 inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2023531676A (en) 2020-06-23 2023-07-25 ノバルティス アーゲー Dosing Regimens Containing 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione Derivatives
JP2023536164A (en) 2020-08-03 2023-08-23 ノバルティス アーゲー Heteroaryl-substituted 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof
TW202304979A (en) 2021-04-07 2023-02-01 瑞士商諾華公司 USES OF ANTI-TGFβ ANTIBODIES AND OTHER THERAPEUTIC AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PROLIFERATIVE DISEASES
WO2022221720A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2022-10-20 Novartis Ag Antibody drug conjugates and methods for making thereof
AR125874A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2023-08-23 Novartis Ag COMBINATION THERAPIES
WO2023214325A1 (en) 2022-05-05 2023-11-09 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives and uses thereof as tet2 inhibitors
WO2024023666A1 (en) 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 Novartis Ag Crystalline forms of an akr1c3 dependent kars inhibitor
US11957759B1 (en) 2022-09-07 2024-04-16 Arvinas Operations, Inc. Rapidly accelerated fibrosarcoma (RAF) degrading compounds and associated methods of use

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4278793A (en) * 1977-04-02 1981-07-14 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Cephem derivative
US4720484A (en) * 1985-01-07 1988-01-19 Adir S.A.R.L. Peptide compounds having a nitrogenous polycyclic structure
US5411942A (en) * 1989-12-07 1995-05-02 Carlbiotech Ltd. A/S Peptide derivative, pharmaceutical preparation containing it and method for treatment of glaucoma
US5559209A (en) * 1993-02-18 1996-09-24 The General Hospital Corporation Regulator regions of G proteins
US6472172B1 (en) * 1998-07-31 2002-10-29 Schering Aktiengesellschaft DNA encoding a novel human inhibitor-of-apoptosis protein
US20020160975A1 (en) * 2001-02-08 2002-10-31 Thomas Jefferson University Conserved XIAP-interaction motif in caspase-9 and Smac/DIABLO for mediating apoptosis
US6608026B1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2003-08-19 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Apoptotic compounds
US20030157522A1 (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-08-21 Alain Boudreault Methods and reagents for peptide-BIR interaction screens
US20040171554A1 (en) * 2003-02-07 2004-09-02 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for enhancing apoptosis
US20050197403A1 (en) * 2004-03-01 2005-09-08 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Dimeric small molecule potentiators of apoptosis
US20050214802A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2005-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the screening pro-apoptotic compounds
US20060167066A1 (en) * 2004-12-20 2006-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolidine inhibitors of IAP
US7419975B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2008-09-02 Novartis Ag Organic compounds

Family Cites Families (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1524747A (en) 1976-05-11 1978-09-13 Ici Ltd Polypeptide
ATE28864T1 (en) 1982-07-23 1987-08-15 Ici Plc AMIDE DERIVATIVES.
JPS59141547A (en) 1983-02-01 1984-08-14 Eisai Co Ltd Novel peptide having analgesic action and its preparation
GB8327256D0 (en) 1983-10-12 1983-11-16 Ici Plc Steroid derivatives
US5093330A (en) 1987-06-15 1992-03-03 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Staurosporine derivatives substituted at methylamino nitrogen
US5010099A (en) 1989-08-11 1991-04-23 Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution, Inc. Discodermolide compounds, compositions containing same and method of preparation and use
NZ243082A (en) 1991-06-28 1995-02-24 Ici Plc 4-anilino-quinazoline derivatives; pharmaceutical compositions, preparatory processes, and use thereof
GB9300059D0 (en) 1992-01-20 1993-03-03 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
TW225528B (en) 1992-04-03 1994-06-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
GB9314893D0 (en) 1993-07-19 1993-09-01 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
EP2163546B1 (en) 1995-03-30 2016-06-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Quinazoline derivatives
GB9508538D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
US5747498A (en) 1996-05-28 1998-05-05 Pfizer Inc. Alkynyl and azido-substituted 4-anilinoquinazolines
US5843901A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-12-01 Advanced Research & Technology Institute LHRH antagonist peptides
BR9609617B1 (en) 1995-07-06 2010-07-27 7h-pyrrol [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivatives, and pharmaceutical composition.
US5760041A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-06-02 American Cyanamid Company 4-aminoquinazoline EGFR Inhibitors
GB9603095D0 (en) 1996-02-14 1996-04-10 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
BR9708640B1 (en) 1996-04-12 2013-06-11 irreversible tyrosine kinase inhibitors and pharmaceutical composition comprising them.
EP0907642B1 (en) 1996-06-24 2005-11-02 Pfizer Inc. Phenylamino-substituted tricyclic derivatives for treatment of hyperproliferative diseases
AU716610B2 (en) 1996-08-30 2000-03-02 Novartis Ag Method for producing epothilones, and intermediate products obtained during the production process
JP2002513445A (en) 1996-09-06 2002-05-08 オブデュキャット、アクチボラグ Method for anisotropically etching structures in conductive materials
AU4342997A (en) 1996-09-13 1998-04-02 Sugen, Inc. Use of quinazoline derivatives for the manufacture of a medicament in the reatment of hyperproliferative skin disorders
EP0837063A1 (en) 1996-10-17 1998-04-22 Pfizer Inc. 4-Aminoquinazoline derivatives
JP4274583B2 (en) 1996-11-18 2009-06-10 ゲゼルシャフト・フュア・ビオテクノロギッシェ・フォルシュンク・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング(ゲー・ベー・エフ) Epothilone C, D, E and F, manufacturing and drugs
US6441186B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2002-08-27 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
CO4940418A1 (en) 1997-07-18 2000-07-24 Novartis Ag MODIFICATION OF A CRYSTAL OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PHENYL-2-PIRIMIDINAMINE, PROCESSES FOR ITS MANUFACTURE AND USE
GB9721069D0 (en) 1997-10-03 1997-12-03 Pharmacia & Upjohn Spa Polymeric derivatives of camptothecin
US6194181B1 (en) 1998-02-19 2001-02-27 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for and crystal forms of cytostatics
NZ506742A (en) 1998-02-25 2003-09-26 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of desoxyepothilones and hydroxy acid derivative intermediates
ES2342240T3 (en) 1998-08-11 2010-07-02 Novartis Ag ISOQUINOLINE DERIVATIVES WITH ACTIVITY INHIBITED BY ANGIOGENIA.
US6303342B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2001-10-16 Kason Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilones C and D
SK1192002A3 (en) * 2000-05-23 2002-09-10 Vertex Pharma Caspase inhibitors and uses thereof
PE20020354A1 (en) 2000-09-01 2002-06-12 Novartis Ag HYDROXAMATE COMPOUNDS AS HISTONE-DESACETILASE (HDA) INHIBITORS
TWI238824B (en) 2001-05-14 2005-09-01 Novartis Ag 4-amino-5-phenyl-7-cyclobutyl-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives
GB0119249D0 (en) 2001-08-07 2001-10-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
CN100384819C (en) 2002-07-02 2008-04-30 诺瓦提斯公司 Peptide inhibitors of SMAC protein binding to inhibitor of apoptosis proteins (IAP)
ATE415413T1 (en) * 2002-07-15 2008-12-15 Univ Princeton IAP BINDING COMPOUNDS
JP2007523061A (en) 2004-01-16 2007-08-16 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ミシガン SMAC peptide mimetics and uses thereof
RS53734B1 (en) 2004-07-02 2015-06-30 Genentech Inc. Inhibitors of iap
PE20110220A1 (en) 2006-08-02 2011-04-11 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 2-OXO-ETHYL-AMINO-PROPIONAMIDE-PYRROLIDIN-2-IL-SUBSTITUTED AS INHIBITORS OF THE BINDING OF THE PROTEIN Smac TO THE INHIBITOR OF THE PROTEIN OF APOPTOSIS

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4278793A (en) * 1977-04-02 1981-07-14 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Cephem derivative
US4720484A (en) * 1985-01-07 1988-01-19 Adir S.A.R.L. Peptide compounds having a nitrogenous polycyclic structure
US5411942A (en) * 1989-12-07 1995-05-02 Carlbiotech Ltd. A/S Peptide derivative, pharmaceutical preparation containing it and method for treatment of glaucoma
US5559209A (en) * 1993-02-18 1996-09-24 The General Hospital Corporation Regulator regions of G proteins
US6472172B1 (en) * 1998-07-31 2002-10-29 Schering Aktiengesellschaft DNA encoding a novel human inhibitor-of-apoptosis protein
US6608026B1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2003-08-19 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Apoptotic compounds
US20020160975A1 (en) * 2001-02-08 2002-10-31 Thomas Jefferson University Conserved XIAP-interaction motif in caspase-9 and Smac/DIABLO for mediating apoptosis
US20030157522A1 (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-08-21 Alain Boudreault Methods and reagents for peptide-BIR interaction screens
US20040171554A1 (en) * 2003-02-07 2004-09-02 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for enhancing apoptosis
US20050214802A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2005-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the screening pro-apoptotic compounds
US20050197403A1 (en) * 2004-03-01 2005-09-08 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Dimeric small molecule potentiators of apoptosis
US7419975B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2008-09-02 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US20060167066A1 (en) * 2004-12-20 2006-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolidine inhibitors of IAP

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110034469A1 (en) * 2009-08-04 2011-02-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Heterocyclic Compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HRP20121023T1 (en) 2013-01-31
PL2253614T3 (en) 2013-03-29
JP4691549B2 (en) 2011-06-01
RU2006139010A (en) 2008-05-20
ES2396195T3 (en) 2013-02-19
EP1735307A1 (en) 2006-12-27
DK2253614T3 (en) 2013-01-07
JP2007532504A (en) 2007-11-15
SG152225A1 (en) 2009-05-29
MY165401A (en) 2018-03-21
BRPI0509721A (en) 2007-09-25
MA28630B1 (en) 2007-06-01
ME02125B (en) 2013-04-30
NZ549925A (en) 2010-08-27
JP2013049733A (en) 2013-03-14
EP2253614B1 (en) 2012-09-19
AR048927A1 (en) 2006-06-14
AU2005231956A1 (en) 2005-10-20
KR20060134200A (en) 2006-12-27
SI2253614T1 (en) 2013-01-31
EP2065368A1 (en) 2009-06-03
CN1964970B (en) 2011-08-03
PE20060166A1 (en) 2006-04-25
AU2005231956B2 (en) 2009-11-05
US8338440B2 (en) 2012-12-25
US8207183B2 (en) 2012-06-26
CA2560162C (en) 2013-05-21
IL178104A0 (en) 2006-12-31
CA2560162A1 (en) 2005-10-20
KR100892185B1 (en) 2009-04-07
US20110281875A1 (en) 2011-11-17
HK1100930A1 (en) 2007-10-05
ES2394441T3 (en) 2013-01-31
TWI417092B (en) 2013-12-01
US20050234042A1 (en) 2005-10-20
RU2425838C2 (en) 2011-08-10
PE20110102A1 (en) 2011-02-07
EP1735307B1 (en) 2012-08-29
CN1964970A (en) 2007-05-16
CY1113511T1 (en) 2016-06-22
KR20080083220A (en) 2008-09-16
TW200602029A (en) 2006-01-16
US7419975B2 (en) 2008-09-02
ZA200607696B (en) 2008-03-26
TNSN06323A1 (en) 2008-02-22
NO20065114L (en) 2007-01-08
PT2253614E (en) 2013-01-09
WO2005097791A1 (en) 2005-10-20
US20120207769A1 (en) 2012-08-16
ECSP066893A (en) 2006-11-24
IL178104A (en) 2015-08-31
EP2253614A1 (en) 2010-11-24
RS52545B (en) 2013-04-30
JP2010215635A (en) 2010-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7419975B2 (en) Organic compounds
AU768720B2 (en) Aminopyrimidines as sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors
JP4943327B2 (en) Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP2903998B1 (en) Iap antagonists
US7087597B1 (en) Pyrimidine 5-carboxamide compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof
US10662173B2 (en) Indole and pyrrole compounds, a process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
MXPA06005702A (en) 1h-imidazoquinoline derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors.
US8889712B2 (en) IAP antagonists
AU2007233926A1 (en) 3-unsubstituted N-(aryl- or heteroaryl)-pyrazolori [1,5-a]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
JP4937506B2 (en) Novel arylamidine derivatives or salts thereof
MXPA06011583A (en) Inhibitors of iap

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NOVARTIS AG, SWITZERLAND

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:PALERMO, MARK G.;SHARMA, SUSHIL KUMAR;STRAUB, CHRISTOPHER;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20061107 TO 20061122;REEL/FRAME:026576/0303

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION